Luka 1:20
20 Lokola ondimeli maloba na ngai te, oyo ekokokisama solo na tango na yango oyo ekatama, okokoma baba mpe okokoka lisusu koloba te kino na mokolo oyo makambo yango ekokokisama.
Und siehe, du wirst stumm sein und nicht sprechen können bis zu dem Tage, da dieses geschehen wird, weil du meinen Worten nicht geglaubt hast, die zu ihrer Zeit werden erfüllt werden.
And
Strongs:
Lexicon:
καί
Greek:
καὶ
Transliteration:
kai
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conj., and I. Copulative. 1) Connecting single words; (a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al. (b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; (with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al. 2) Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult; esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss, LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al; (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10; (with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al; (d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36. 3) Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al. 4) In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). 5) καὶ. καί, both. and (for τε. καί, see: τε); (a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al; (b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al. II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult; esp. with pron, adv, etc, Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ, Act.11:17; καθὼς κ, Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ, Rom.6:11; διὸ κ, Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss, BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ. (Bl, §77, 7; Deiss, BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ, 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ, Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν. ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, A) and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, A.I) joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; to add by way of climax, θεῶν. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί, ἄλλως τε καί, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs]; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ταῦτα and this too. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) at the beginning of a sentence, A.II.1) in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καί μοι λέγε, καί μοι ἀπόκριναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in Oratt, καί μοι λέγε. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. πῶς; pray how? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. δὴ τί; but then what? [Refs]; κ. ποῖον; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ={καίτοι}, and yet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) at the beginning of a speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴσον or ἴσα κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον, κἀγὼ κατηγόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) καί, καί. correlative, not only, but also. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) even, also, just, B.1) τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, [Refs]full five,[Refs 5th c.BC+] two or three, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) also, κ. ἐγώ I also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. αὐτοί they also, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, [Refs]; in adding surnames, etc, Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative ὁ κ. first in [Refs 1st c.BC+], frequently later, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος [NT+8th c.BC+]; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not only, but also. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον. ἢ οὐ καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2.b) frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα, κ. τότε δή. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after εἰ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο. κ. [LXX+NT] B.4) with Advs, to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. λίην full surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and how long ago was the city sacked? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8) κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, [Refs 5th c.BC+] each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ. and if. [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.9) before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ, or εἰ καί, although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) very seldom at the end of a verse, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc, Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ [Refs]; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.
Strongs
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kaí
Pronounciation:
kahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words; and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet; apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force
behold
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἰδού
Greek:
ἰδοὺ
Transliteration:
idou
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
look!
Morphhology:
Interjection
Grammar:
an Interjection
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἰδού
Transliteration:
idou
Gloss:
look!
Morphhology:
Greek Interjection
Definition:
ἰδού, [in LXX chiefly for הִנֵּה,] prop. imperat. 2 aor. mid. of ὁράω, used as a demonstrative particle, with frequency much greater in LXX and NT than in cl. (see M, Pr., 11), lo, behold, see: Mat.10:16 11:8 13:3, Mrk.3:32, Luk.2:48, 1Co.15:51, Jas.5:9, Ju 14, Rev.1:7, al; after genitive absol, Mat.1:20 2:1, 13 12:46, al; καὶ ἰδού, Mat.2:9 (and freq.), Luk.1:20 10:25, Act.12:7, al; in elliptical sentences, taking the place of copula or predicate (like הִנֵּה in Heb.), Mat.3:17, Luk.5:12 22:31, 47 Act.8:27, 36 al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἰδού
Transliteration:
idou
Gloss:
look!
Morphhology:
Greek Interjection
Definition:
ἰδοῦ (ἴδου Hdn.Gr. cited in [Refs 4th c.AD+]aorist 2 imperative middle of ὁρά; but, II) ἰδού (on the accent see Hdn.Gr.[Refs] adverb, lo! behold! (even with words of hearing, ἰδοὺ δοῦπον αὖ κλύω τινά [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.1) with Nouns and Prons, ἰ. χελιδών Klein [Refs 6th c.BC+], etc; ἰ. ἐγώ here am I, [LXX+NT]; οὐκ ἰ. Ἀαρώ; [LXX] II.2) with Verbs, II.2.a) in the imperative, ἰ. θεᾶσθε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially in offering a thing, take it! ἰ. δέχου παῖ [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2.b) in indicative of all tenses, ἰ. πείθομαι [NT+5th c.BC+] with past tenses, [LXX+NT]; in the middle of a sentence, [NT] II.3) with questions, ἰ, τί ἔστι; [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4) in repeating another's words quizzingly, as ἰδού γ᾽ ἄκρατον wine, quotha! [Refs]; ἰ. λέγειν[Refs]
Strongs
Word:
ἰδού
Transliteration:
idoú
Pronounciation:
id-oo'
Language:
Greek
Definition:
used as imperative lo!; ; --behold, lo, see; second person singular imperative middle voice of g1492 (εἴδω)
you will be
Strongs:
Lexicon:
εἰμί
Greek:
ἔσῃ
Transliteration:
esē
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Verb Future Middle Deponent Indicative 2nd Singular
Grammar:
an ACTION that will happen - by a person being spoken or written to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
εἰμί
Transliteration:
eimi
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
εἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. I. As substantive verb. 1) Of persons and things, to be, exist: Act.17:28, Jhn.1:1, 8:58, 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Rev.1:4, 8, 4:8, 11:17, 16:5 (see Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Rom.4:17, 1Co.1:28. 2) Of times, events, etc, to be, happen, take place: Mat.24:3, Mrk.14:2, 15:42, Luk.21:23, Jhn.4:6, 23, 5:10, al. 3) to be present, be in a place, have come: Mat.2:13, 15, Mrk.1:45, 5:21, 15:40, Luk.1:80, 5:29, Jhn.7:30, al; before εἰς, Mrk.2:1; before ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mat.1:20, 21:25, Mrk.11:30, Jhn.3:31, al. 4) Impers, ἔστι, ἦν, etc; (a) there is (Fr. il y a), was, etc: Mat.16:28, Luk.16:19, Jhn.3:1, 5:2, Rom.3:10, al; with dative (of the possessor; Bl, §37, 3), Mat.16:22, Luk.1:7, Jhn.18.10, Rom.9:2, al; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mat.16:28, 19:2, Mrk.9:1, al; (b) with inf, = ἔξεστιν (which see), it is possible: Heb.9:5, 1Co.11:20, RV (but see ICC, in l.). II. As copula uniting subject and predicate. 1) Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mat.5:13, 14:15, Luk.1:18, 19, Jhn.1:1, 4:19, Rev.3:9, al. mult. 2) Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc: Mat.13:19, 1Co.9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Gal.4:24, Rev.17:15, al; ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Mat.27:46, Mrk.7:2, Rom.7:18 al; ὅ ἐστιν, Mrk.3:17, Col.1:24, Heb.7:2, al; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mat.26:26-28, Mrk.14:22, 24, Luk.22:19, 1Co.11:24 (see ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. with; DB, iii, 148 f.). 3) C. genitive: qual, etc, Mrk.5:42, Luk.3:23, 1Co.14:33, Heb.12:11, al; part, 1Ti.1:20, 2Ti.1:15; poss, Mat.5:3, 10, Mrk.12:7, Luk.4:7; of service or partisanship, Rom.8:9, 1Co.1:12, 2Co.10:7, 2Ti.2:19. 4) C. dative (BL, §37, 3): Act.1:8, 9:15, Rom.4:12, 1Co.1:18, 2:14, Rev.21:7, al. 5) C. ptcp, as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl, §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); (a) with ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mat.10:30, Luk.9:32, Jhn.3:24, Act.21:35, 1Co.15:19, al; (b) with ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf, as in Heb. and Aram; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mat.7:29, Mrk.1:22, Luk.4:31, 14:1, Act.1:10, al. mult, id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f, 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Rom.12:9, 10, Heb.13:5, al; (with) with ptcp. aor. (cl), Luk.23:9. 6) Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mat.19:5, Mrk.10:8, Heb.8:10, al. 7) C. adv: Mat.19:20, Mrk.4:26, Luk.18:11, al. 8) Ellipses; (a) of the copula (Bl, §30, 3): Mat.8:29, 24:32, Jhn.21:22, 23, Heb.6:4, al; (b) of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mat.14:27, Mrk.6:50, al; absol. (cf. Deu.32:39; אֲנִי הוּא), Mrk.13:6, Jhn.4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ, ἔν, πάρ, συμ-πάρ, σύν-ειμι). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
εἰμί
Transliteration:
eimi
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
εἰμί (sum), Aeolic dialect ἔμμι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Cretan dialect ἠμί [Refs]; 2nd pers. singular εἶ, Epic dialect and Ionic dialect εἰς [Refs 8th c.BC+], Epic dialect and Doric dialect ἐσσί [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἐστί, Doric dialect ἐντί [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. dual ἐστόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 1st pers. plural ἐσμέν, Epic dialect and Ionic dialect εἰμέν (also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], Doric dialect εἰμές [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural εἰσί (-ίν), Epic dialect and Ionic dialect ἔασι (-ιν) [Refs 8th c.BC+], Doric dialect ἐντί [Refs 5th c.BC+], Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also in middle form ἔσσο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἔστω (ἤτω [LXX+5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural ἔστωσαν, but ἔστων [Refs 8th c.BC+], and early Attic dialect Inscrr, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]subjunctive ὦ, ᾖς, ᾖ, Epic dialect ἔω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἔῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+], also Boeotian dialect ἔνθω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect 3rd.pers. plural ὦντι [Refs], Boeotian dialect ἴωνθι [Refs 6th c.BC+], -η, also ἔοις, ἔοι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural εἴοισαν Ἀρχ. Ἐφ. [Refs]; 3rd.pers. dual εἴτην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 1st pers. plural εἶμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. plural εἶτε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural εἶεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Elean ἔα, ={εἴη}, [Refs 6th c.BC+]infinitive εἶναι, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; Epic dialect ἔμμεναι (also Aeolic dialect ἔμμεν᾽ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect εἶμεν Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle ὤν, Epic dialect ἐών, ἐοῦσα, ἐόν, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; Boeotian dialect feminine ἰῶσα [Refs], Aeolic dialect and Doric dialect feminine ἔσσα [Refs 7th c.BC+] (also Ionic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative singular εἴς in [Refs 7th c.BC+]: imperfect ἦν [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also Aeolic dialect, [Refs 7th c.BC+] (uncertain in Aeolic dialect, [Refs 7th c.BC+] is required by metre in [Refs 8th c.BC+], whence Hom.and later Ionic dialect ἔᾱ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect 3rd.pers. singular ἦεν, always with ν in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔην as 1st pers. singular, only [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. singular ἦσθα, later ἦς (which is variant in [NT+5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἦν, Epic dialect ἔην, ἤην, ἦεν (see. above), Doric dialect and Aeolic dialect ἦς [Refs 7th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. dual ἤστην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect 1st pers. plural ἦμες [Refs 1st c.AD+]; 2nd pers. plural ἦτε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural ἦσαν, Ionic dialect and poetical ἔσαν (in [Refs 8th c.BC+], but is rather a peculiarity of syntax, see below see, but is 3rd.pers. plural in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἔον [NT+5th c.BC+], 2nd pers. singular ἦσο [Refs], 3rd.pers. singular ἦστο [Refs], 1st pers. plural ἤμεθα [NT+3rd c.BC+]; subjunctive ὦμαι [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect and Epic dialect also ἔσκον, used by [Refs 4th c.BC+]future ἔσομαι, ἔσται, Epic dialect and Aeolic dialect also ἔσσομαι, ἔσεται, ἔσσετα; Aeolic dialect 2nd pers. singular ἔσσῃ probably in [Refs 8th c.BC+], infinitive ἐσσεῖσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] —All forms of the present indicative are enclitic (except 2nd pers. singular εἶ and 3rd.pers. plural ἔασι); but 3rd.pers. singular is written ἔστι when it begins a sentence or verse, or when it immediately follows οὐκ, καί, εἰ, ὡς, ἀλλά, or τοῦτ᾽, Hdn.Gr.[Refs]; later Grammars wrote ἔστι as substantive Verb, [Refs 9th c.AD+] A) as the substantive Verb, A.I) of persons, exist, οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὐδ᾽ ἔσσεται [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔτ᾽ εἰσί they are still in being,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐκέτ᾽ ἐστί he is no more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδὲ δὴν ἦν he was not long-lived, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὁ οὐκ ὤν, οἱ οὐκ ὄντες, of those who are no more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ὄντες the living, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ὁ ὤν the [LXX+8th c.BC+]; ἐσσόμενοι posterity,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς ἂν εἶεν ἅνθρωποι might continue in being, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of things, εἰ ἔστι ἀληθέως [ἡ τράπεζα] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of cities, ὄλωλεν, οὐδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἐστὶ Τροία [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δοκεῖ μοι Καρχηδόνα μὴ εἶναι censeo Carthaginem esse delendam, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἂν ᾖ τὸ στράτευμα be in existence, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; of money, to be in hand, τῶν ὄντων χρημάτων καὶ τῶν προσιόντων [Refs]; τὰ ὄντα property, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐσόμενον ἐκ. future revenue from, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; of place, τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν the local church, [NT]; of time, τοῦ ὄντος μηνός in the current month, [Refs]; in office, ἱερέων τῶν ὄντων [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; αἱ οὖσαι [ἐξουσίαι] the powers that be, Ep. Rom.[Refs] A.II) of the real world, be, opposed to become, γίγνεται πάντα ἃ δή φαμεν εἶναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὄν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to τὸ μὴ ὄν, [LXX+5th c.BC+]; τὰ ὄντα the world of things, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὄνindeclinable, τῶν ὂν εἰδῶν species of Being, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] A.II.2) of circumstances, events, etc, to happen, τά τ᾽ ἐόντα, τά τ᾽ ἐσσόμενα, πρό τ᾽ ἐόντα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τῆς προδοσίας οὔσης since treachery was there, [Refs]; ἕως ἂν ὁ πόλεμος ᾖ so long as it last, [Refs]; τί ἐστι; what is it? what's the matter? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί οὖν ἦν τοῦτ; how came it to pass? [Refs 5th c.BC+] things are as they are, i.e. are ill, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.III) be the fact or the case, διπλασίαν ἂν τὴν δύναμιν εἰκάζεσθαι ἤ ἐστιν twice as large as it really is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ ὅ ἐστι καλόν beauty in its essence, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in participle, τὸν ἐόντα λόγον λέγειν or φαίνειν the true story, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ ἐόντι χρήσασθαι tell the truth,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν, λόγον οὐκ ὄντα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ ὄντι in reality, in fact, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to apply a quotation to a case in point, τῷ ὄντι κλαυσίγελως real 'smiles through tears' (with allusion to [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κατὰ τὸ ἐόν according to the fact, rightly, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πᾶν τὸ ἐόν the whole truth, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) followed by the relative, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅς or ὅστις no one, οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὃς. ἀπαλάλκοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἔ. ὅτῳ, ={οὐδενί}, [Refs 4th c.BC+], = Latin sunt qui, used exactly like{ἔνιοι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐστὶν ἃ χωρία, πολίσματα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; the singular Verb is used even with masculine and feminine plural, ἐστὶν οἵ, αἵ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; more frequently in oblique cases, ποταμῶν ἐστὶ ὧν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐστὶ παρ᾽ οἷς, ἐστὶν ἐν οἷς, [Refs 5th c.BC+], = Latin est ubi, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. ὅπῃ, ἔσθ᾽ ὅπου, somehow, somewhere, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in questions expecting a negative answer, ἐ. ὁπόθεν, ὅπω; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἔ. ὅπως οὐ in any case, necessarily, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. ὅτε, ἔσθ᾽ ὅτε, sometimes, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) ἦν is sometimes used with plural masculine and feminine, usually at the beginning of a sentence, there was, τῆς δ᾽ ἦν τρεῖς κεφαλαί [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἦν δ᾽ ἀμφίπλεκτοι κλίμακες [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἦν ἄρα κἀκεῖνοι ταλακάρδιοι epigram cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; before dual Nouns, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ἔστι impersonal, with infinitive, it is possible, ἔστι γὰρ ἀμφοτέροισιν ὀνείδεα μυθήσασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἴ τί πού ἐστι (i.e. πιθέσθαι)[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in imperative, optative, and subjunctive, ἔστω ἀποφέρεσθαι τῷ βουλομένῳ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; followed by ὥστε with infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with accusative et infinitive, ἁδόντα δ᾽ εἴη με τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὁμιλεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes not impersonal in this sense, θάλασσα δ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ ἦν ἰδεῖν [Refs] A.VI.b) ἔστω in argument, let it be granted, ἔστω τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἶναι [Refs 4th c.BC+] B) most frequently, to be, the Copula connecting the predicate with the Subject, both being in the same case: hence, signify, import, τὸ γὰρ εἴρειν λέγειν ἐστίν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially in the phrase τοῦτ᾽ ἔστι, hoc est; Σκαιόλαν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ Λαϊόν [Refs 1st c.AD+] twice five are ten, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναί τις or τι, to be somebody, something, be of some consequence, see at {τι; οὐδὲν εἶναι} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) periphrastic with the Participle to represent the finite Verb: with perfect participle once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Trag. and Attic dialect, ἦν τεθνηκώς, for ἐτεθνήκει, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἔσται δεδορκώς[Refs 5th c.BC+]: with aorist participle, once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so προδείσας εἰμί, οὐ σιωπήσας ἔσε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with present participle, ἦν προκείμενον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί δ᾽ ἐστί. φέρο; [Refs 5th c.BC+] — if the _Article_ is joined with the Part, the noun is made emphatic, Κᾶρές εἰσι οἱ καταδέξαντες the persons who showed her were Carians, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) εἶναι is frequently modified in sense by the addition of adverbs, or the cases of Nouns without or with Preps: C.I) εἶναι with adverbs, where the adverb often merely represents a Noun and stands as the predicate, ἅλις δέ οἱ ἦσαν ἄρουραι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀκέων, ἀκήν εἶναι, to be silent,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀσφαλέως ἡ κομιδὴ ἔσται will go on safely, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐγγύς, πόρρω εἶναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] it fared ill with them, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.II) with genitive, to express descent or extraction, πατρὸς δ᾽ εἴμ᾽ ἀγαθοῖο [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.II.b) to express the material of which a thing is made, ἡ κρηπίς ἐστι λίθων μεγάλων consists of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοιούτων ἔργων ἐστὶ ἡ τυραννίς is made up of, [Refs].ή, etc. C.II.c) to express the class to which a person or thing belongs, εἶ γὰρ τῶν φίλων you are one of them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔστι τῶν αἰσχρῶν it is in the class of disgraceful things, i. e. it is disgraceful, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.II.d) to express that a thing belongs to another, Τροίαν Ἀχαιῶν οὖσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: hence, to be of the party of, ἦσαν. τινὲς μὲν φιλίππου, τινὲς δὲ τοῦ βελτίστου [Refs 4th c.BC+]; to be de pendent upon, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to be at the mercy of, ἔστι τοῦ λέγοντος, ἢν φόβους λέγῃ [Refs] C.II.e) to express one's duty, business, custom, nature, and the like, οὔτοι γυναικός ἐστι 'tis not a woman's part, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὸ δὲ ναυτικὸν τέχνης ἐστίν is matter of art, requires art, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II.f) in LXX, to be occupied about, ἦσαν τοῦ θύειν [LXX]; ἔσεσθαι, with genitive, to be about to, ἐσόμεθα τοῦ σῶσαί σε [LXX] C.III) with the dative, ἐστί μοι I have, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.III.2) with two datives, σφίσι τε καὶ Ἀθηναίοισι εἶναι οὐδὲν πρῆγμα that they and the Athenians have nothing to do one with another, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; more shortly, σοί τε καὶ τούτοισι πρήγμασι τί ἐστ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τῇ βασάν; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σο; Latin quid tecum est mihi? [NT]; also ἐμοὶ οὐδὲν πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους (i.e. ἐστίν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔσται αὐτῳ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, in tomb inscriptions, [Refs] C.III.3) with ἄσμενος, βουλόμενος, etc, added, ἐμοὶ δέ κεν ἀσμένῳ εἴη 'twould be to my delight, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.IV) with Preps, εἶναι ἀπό τινος, ={εἶναί τινος}[Refs 5th c.BC+]; but εἶναι ἀπ᾽ οἴκου to be away from, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.2) εἶναι ἔκ τινος to be sprung from, εἴμ᾽ ἐκ Παιονίης, Μυρμιδόνων ἔξ εἰμι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔστιν ἐξ ἀνάγκης it is of necessity, i. e. necessary, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.3) εἶναι ἐν. to be in a certain state, ἐν εὐπαθείῃσι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἀθυμία, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι ἐν ἀξιώματι to be in esteem, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν τέλεϊ ἐόντες those in office, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but εἶναι ἐν τέχνῃ, ἐν φιλοσοφία to be engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.3.b) ἐν σοί ἐστι it depends on thee, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.4) εἶναι διά, much like{εἶναι ἐν}, εἶναι διὰ φόβου, ={φοβεῖσθαι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι δι᾽ ὄχλου, ={ὀχληρὸν εἶναι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι δι᾽ αἰτίας, ={αἰτιᾶσθαι}, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; Geometry texts, pass through, διὰ τᾶς ἑτέρας διαμέτρου ἐόντος τοῦ ἐπιπέδου [Refs 3rd c.BC+] C.IV.5) εἶναι ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῆς to be by oneself, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; εἶναι ἐπὶ ὀνόματος to bear a name, [Refs]; εἶναι ἐπὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν to be engaged in, [Refs]; εἶναι ἐπί τινα to be against him, [Refs]; εἶναι ἐφ᾽ ἑξήκοντα στάδια to reach sixty stadia, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὰς ἁφάς pass through the points of contact, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; εἶναι ἐπί τινι, see above 3 b. C.IV.6) εἶναι πρός τινος to be in one's favour, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to suit, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι πρός τινι engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς τοῖς ἰδίοις mind one's own affairs, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πρὸς τὸ πονεῖν[Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.7) εἶναι παρά τινι or τινα, = παρειναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (assuming variant). C.IV.8) εἶναι ὑπό τινα or τινι to be subject to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.9) περὶ τούτων ἐστίν that is the question, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.IV.10) εἶναι ἀπό, in Geometry texts, to be constructed upon, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] D) ἐστί is very frequently omitted, mostly in the present indicative before certain predicates, as ἀνάγκη, ἄξιον, δυνατόν, εἰκός, ἕτοιμον, οἷόν τε, ῥᾴδιον, χρεών, etc, and after the neuter of Verbals in -τέος, and such forms as θαυμαστὸν ὅσον: less frequently with other persons and moods, εἰμί omitted, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐσμέν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐστέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰσί, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; subjunctive ᾖ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; optative εἴη, [Refs]; imperfect ἦν, [Refs]; future ἔσονται, [Refs 8th c.BC+] E) the Inf. frequently seems redundant, E.1) in phrases implying power or will to do a thing, ἑκὼν εἶναι (see. ἑκών) κατὰ δύναμιν εἶναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνοις εἶναι, quantum in illis esset, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τήμερον, τὸ νῦν εἶναι, [Refs 4th c.BC+] E.2) after Verbs of naming or choosing, σοφιστὴν ὀνομάζουσι τὸν ἄνδρα εἶναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of giving, δῶκε ξεινήϊον εἶναι [Refs 8th c.BC+] F) imperfect ἦνissts. used where other languages take the present, F.1) after ἄρα, to express a fact which is and has always been the same, δέρμα δὲ ἀνθρώπου. ἦν ἄρα σχεδὸν δερμάτων πάντων λαμπρότατον human skin then it appears is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς ἄρ᾽ ἦσθ᾽ ἐμὸς πατὴρ ὀρθῶς[Refs 3rd c.BC+]; so also when there is reference to a past thought, τουτὶ τί ἦ; what is this? [Refs 5th c.BC+], used to express the essential nature of a thing, where τί ἦν (for ἐστί) takes the place of the dative in such phrases as τὸ ἀγαθῷ εἶναι, τὸ μεγέθει εἶναι, [Refs] G) ἐγώ εἰμι, in [LXX]
Strongs
Word:
εἰμί
Transliteration:
eimí
Pronounciation:
i-mee'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
I exist (used only when emphatic); am, have been, X it is I, was; the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb
silent
Strongs:
Lexicon:
σιωπάω
Greek:
σιωπῶν
Transliteration:
siōpōn
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
be quiet
Morphhology:
Verb Present Active Participle Nominative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
an ACTION that is happening - done by a male person or thing that is doing something
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
σιωπάω
Transliteration:
siōpaō
Gloss:
be quiet
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
σιωπάω, -ῶ (σιωπή, silence) [in LXX for חָשָׁה, חָרַשׁ hi, etc;] to be silent or still, keep silence: Mat.20:31 26:63, Mrk.3:4 9:34 10:48 14:61, Luk.19:4, Act.18:9; of one dumb, Luk.1:20 (cf. 4Ma.10:18); addressed rhetorically to the sea, σιώπα, Mrk.4:39. SYN.: ἡσυχάζω, σιγάω (which see) (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
σιωπάω
Transliteration:
siōpaō
Gloss:
be quiet
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
σῐωπ-άω, infinitive σιωπᾶν [Refs 8th c.BC+]future -ήσομαι in early writers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] later -ήσω [Refs 4th c.BC+]: aorist (ἐ) σιώπησα [Refs 8th c.BC+]: perfect σεσιώπηκα [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle and passive, see below: Doric dialect σωπάω (which see):—keep silence, σιωπᾶν λαὸν ἀνώγει [Refs 8th c.BC+]; φησὶν σιωπῶν his silence is an admission, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; σ. τινί keep silence for or at the behest of. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]hush! be still! [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) of bees, to be still, opposed to βομβέω, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II) transitive, keep secret, speak not of, τὰ δίκαια [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, ἂν σιωπηθῇ τὰ παρὰ τῶν πολεμίων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί σιγῶσ᾽ ὧν σιωπᾶσθαι χρεώ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] III) middle, silence, σιωπησάμενος τὰ πλήθη [Refs 2nd c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
σιωπάω
Transliteration:
siōpáō
Pronounciation:
see-o-pah'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
properly, muteness, i.e. involuntary stillness, or inability to speak; and thus differing from g4602 (σιγή), which is rather a voluntary refusal or indisposition to speak, although the terms are often used synonymously); to be dumb (but not deaf also, like 2974 properly); figuratively, to be calm (as quiet water); dumb, (hold) peace; from (silence, i.e. a hush
and
Strongs:
Lexicon:
καί
Greek:
καὶ
Transliteration:
kai
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conj., and I. Copulative. 1) Connecting single words; (a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al. (b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; (with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al. 2) Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult; esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss, LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al; (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10; (with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al; (d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36. 3) Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al. 4) In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). 5) καὶ. καί, both. and (for τε. καί, see: τε); (a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al; (b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al. II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult; esp. with pron, adv, etc, Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ, Act.11:17; καθὼς κ, Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ, Rom.6:11; διὸ κ, Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss, BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ. (Bl, §77, 7; Deiss, BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ, 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ, Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν. ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, A) and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, A.I) joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; to add by way of climax, θεῶν. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί, ἄλλως τε καί, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs]; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ταῦτα and this too. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) at the beginning of a sentence, A.II.1) in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καί μοι λέγε, καί μοι ἀπόκριναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in Oratt, καί μοι λέγε. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. πῶς; pray how? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. δὴ τί; but then what? [Refs]; κ. ποῖον; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ={καίτοι}, and yet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) at the beginning of a speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴσον or ἴσα κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον, κἀγὼ κατηγόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) καί, καί. correlative, not only, but also. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) even, also, just, B.1) τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, [Refs]full five,[Refs 5th c.BC+] two or three, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) also, κ. ἐγώ I also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. αὐτοί they also, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, [Refs]; in adding surnames, etc, Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative ὁ κ. first in [Refs 1st c.BC+], frequently later, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος [NT+8th c.BC+]; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not only, but also. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον. ἢ οὐ καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2.b) frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα, κ. τότε δή. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after εἰ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο. κ. [LXX+NT] B.4) with Advs, to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. λίην full surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and how long ago was the city sacked? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8) κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, [Refs 5th c.BC+] each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ. and if. [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.9) before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ, or εἰ καί, although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) very seldom at the end of a verse, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc, Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ [Refs]; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.
Strongs
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kaí
Pronounciation:
kahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words; and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet; apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force
not
Strongs:
Lexicon:
μή
Greek:
μὴ
Transliteration:
mē
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Negative Particle Negative Negative
Grammar:
introducing a negative
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
μή
Transliteration:
mē
Gloss:
not
Morphhology:
Greek Particle Neuter
Definition:
μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic, μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין,אַיִן,אַל] I. As a neg. adv, not; 1) with ref. to thought or opinion: Jhn.3:18, Tit.1:11, 2Pe.1:9. 2) In delib. questions, with subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mrk.12:14, Rom.3:8. 3) In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mat.10:14, Mrk.6:11 12:19, Luk.9:5, Jhn.6:50, Rom.11:25, al. 4) C. inf. (see M, Pr., 234f, 239, 255), (a) after verbs of saying, etc: Mat.2:12 5:34, Mrk.12:18, Act.15:38, Rom.2:21, al; (b) with artic. inf: after a prep, Mat.13:5, Mrk.4:5, Act.7:19, 1Co.10:6, al; without a prep, Rom.14:13, 2Co.2:1, 13 1Th 4:6; (with) in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mat.8:28, Mrk.3:20, 1Co.1:7, 2Co.3:7, al. 5) C. ptcp. (see M, Pr., 231f, 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mat.10:28 12:30, Luk.6:49, Jhn.3:18, Rom.4:5, 1Co.7:38, 1Jn.3:10, al; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jhn.6:64, 1Co.1:28 4:7, 18, 2Co.5:21, al; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mat.18:25, Luk.2:45, Jhn.7:49, Act.9:26, Rom.2:14 5:13, 2Co.3:14, Gal.6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force (being such as), not: Act.9:9, Rom.1:28, 1Co.10:33, Gal.4:8, Heb.12:27, al. 6) μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, (a) with subjc. praes, 1 of person(s) pl: Gal.5:26 6:9, 1Th.5:6, 1Jn.3:18; (b) with imperat. praes, usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122ff.): Mat.7:1, Mrk.5:36, Luk.6:30, Jhn.2:16 5:45, Act.10:15, Rom.11:18, Jas.2:1, Rev.5:5, al; (with) forbidding that which is still future: with imperat. aor, 3 of person(s), Mat.24:18, Mrk.13:15, Luk.17:31, al; with subjc. aor, 2 of person(s), Mat.3:9 10:26, Mrk.5:7, Luk.6:29, Jhn.3:7, Rom.10:6, al; (d) with optative, in wishes: 2Ti.4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (see M, Pr., 194; Bl, §66, 1), Luk.20:16, Rom.3:3, al; μή τις, Mrk.13:5, al. II. As a conj, 1) after verbs of fearing, caution, etc, that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192f.): with subjc. praes, Heb.12:15; with subjc. aor, Mat.24:4, Mrk.13:5, Luk.21:8, Act.13:40, Gal.5:15, al; ὅρα μή (see M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Rev.19:10 22:9; with indic, fut. (M, Pr., l.with), Col.2:8. 2) in order that not: with subjc. aor, Mrk.13:36, 2Co.8:20 12:6. III. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mat.7:9, 10, Mrk.2:19, Jhn.3:4, Rom.3:3 10:18, 19, 1Co.1:13, al; μή τις, Luk.22:35, al; before οὐ (Rom.10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans; οὐ μή, Luk.18:7, Jhn.18:11. IV. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190ff; Bl. §64, 5), not at all, by no means: with indic, fut, Mat.16:22, Jhn.6:35, Heb.10:17, al; with subjc. aor, Mat.24:2, Mrk.13:2, Luk.6:37, Jhn.13:8, 1Co.8:13, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
μή
Transliteration:
mē
Gloss:
not
Morphhology:
Greek Particle Neuter
Definition:
μή, Elean μά [ᾱ] [Refs 6th c.BC+]. (Cf. Sanskrit mā´, Armenian mi [from I.-[Refs 5th c.BC+] mē´], negative used in prohibitions):—not, the negative of the will and thought, as οὐ of fact and statement; μή rejects, οὐ denies; μή is relative, οὐ absolute; μή subjective, οὐ objective. (A few examples of μηδέ and μηδείς have been included.) A) in INDEPENDENT sentences, used in expressions of will or wish, command, entreaty, warning, A.1) with present imperative, 2 person, μή μ᾽ ἐρέθιζε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rarely with aorist imperative, μὴ. ἔνθεο τιμῇ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect, μὴ ψεῦσον, ὦ Ζεῦ, τῆς. ἐλπίδος [Refs 8th c.BC+]perfect imperative [Refs 8th c.BC+] person when perfect = present, μὴ κεκράγετε [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.2) with subjunctive (usually [Refs], in prohibitions, μὴ δή με. ἐάσῃς [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μή τοί με κρύψῃς τοῦτο[Refs 5th c.BC+]: coupled with present imperative, μὴ βοηθήσητε τῷ πεπονθότι δεινά, μὴ εὐορκεῖτε [Refs 8th c.BC+] person present subjunctive, μὴ κάμνῃς [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with the hortative subjunctive used to supply the [Refs] person of the imperative, present μὴ ἴομεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]: aorist μὴ πάθωμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: rarely with 1st pers. singular, μή σε. κιχείω [Refs 8th c.BC+] (anapaest meter). A.2.b) with present or aorist subjunctive in a warning or statement of fear, μὴ. γένησθε take care you do not become, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μὴ. ὑφαίνῃσιν I fear. may prove to be weaving, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: in Attic dialect Prose, to make a polite suggestion of apprehension or hesitation, perhaps, μὴ ἀγροικότερον ᾖ τὸ ἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in later Greek the indicative is found, μὴ ἡ ἔννοια ἡμῶν. ἀντιλαμβάνεται [Refs 5th c.AD+] A.3) with future indicative, a uncertain usage (νεμεσήσετ᾽ is subjunctive in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μὴ βουλήσεσθε (Papyrus βούλη[σθ]ε) [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.4) with past tenses of indicative to express an unfulfilled wish, μὴ ὄφελες λίσσεσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.5) with optative to express a negative wish, with present, ἃ μὴ κραίνοι τύχη [Refs 4th c.BC+]: more frequently with aorist, μὴ σέ γ᾽ ἐν ἀμφιάλῳ Ἰθάκῃ βασιλῆα Κρονίων ποιήσειεν [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.6) in oaths and asseverations, ἴστω Ζεὺς, μὴ μὲν τοῖς ἵπποισιν ἀνὴρ ἐποχήσεται ἄλλος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.7) with infinitive, when used as imperative, μὴ δή μοι ἀπόπροθεν ἰσχέμεν ἵππους [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.8) frequently without a Verb, εἰ χρή, θανοῦμαι. Answ. μὴ σύ γε (i.e. θάνῃς) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄπελθε νῦν. Answ. μὴ (i.e. γενέσθω) ἀλλά nay but, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in curt expressions, μὴ τριβὰς ἔτι (i.e. ποιεῖσθε) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μή μοι σύ none of that to me! [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μή μοι πρόφασιν no excuses! [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) in DEPENDENT clauses: B.1) with Final Conjs, ἵνα μή [Refs 8th c.BC+], that so, ὅπως ἂν. μηδέ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but B.1.b) μή alone, ={ἵνα μή}, lest, ἀπόστιχε μή τινοήσῃ Ἥρη [Refs 8th c.BC+]: future indicative and aorist subjunctive in consecutive clauses, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) in the protasis of conditional sentences, see at {εἰ} (for the exceptions see at {οὐ}), and with temporal conjunctions used conditionally, see at {ἐπειδάν, ὅταν, ὅτε}, etc. B.2.b) ὅτι μή except, ὅτι μὴ Χῖοι μοῦνοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσα μὴ ἀποβαίνοντες provided only that they did not disembark, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.3) in later Gr, with causal Conjs, ὁ μὴ πιστεύων ἤδη κέκριται, ὅτι μὴ πεπίστευκεν [NT+2nd c.AD+] that, ὅτι μὴ ἐστὶν ἐπίπεδος οὕτως ἂν καταμάθοιμεν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B.4) in relative clauses, which imply a condition or generality, ὃς δὲ μὴ εἶδέ κω τὴν κανναβίδα whoever, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὃ μὴ κελεύσει (perhaps κελεύσαι) Ζεύς such a thing as, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λέγονθ᾽ ἃ μὴ δεῖ such things as one ought not, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with subjunctive, ᾧ μὴ ἄλλοι ἀοσσητῆρες ἔωσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.5) with infinitive, B.5.a) regularlyfrom Homer on, except after Verbs of saying and thinking (but see below c): after ὥστε or ὡς, ὥστε μὴ φρονεῖν [Refs 4th c.BC+]: always when the infinitive takes the Article, τὸ μὴ προμαθεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5.b) by an apparent pleonasm after Verbs of negative result signifying to forbid, deny, and the like, ὁ δ᾽ ἀναίνετο μηδὲν ἑλέσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+] (μηδέν); ἀντιλέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] (μηδέ); ἀπαγορεύειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] (μηδέ); ἀποτρέπεσθαι [Refs] (μηδέν); ἀρνεῖσθαι, ἔξαρνος εἶναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παύειν (where the participle is more frequently) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in these cases the Article frequently precedes μή, τὸ δὲ μὴ λεηλατῆσαι. ἔσχε τόδε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξομῇ τὸ μὴ εἰδένα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἴργειν τὸ μή. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐμποδὼν γίγνεσθαι τοῦ μή. [Refs] B.5.c) after Verbs of saying and thinking which involve an action of will, as in those signifying to swear, aver, believe, and the like; so after ὄμνυμι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: occasionally with other Verbs, φημί [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λέγω, προλέγω, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πάντες ἐροῦσι μή. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; νομίζω[Refs 5th c.BC+]: very frequently in later Gr, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) with the participle, when it can be resolved into a conditional clause, μὴ ἐνείκας, = {εἰ μὴ ἤνεικε}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μὴ θέλων, ={εἰ μὴ θέλεις}, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; μὴ δολώσαντος θεοῦ, ={εἰ μὴ ἐδόλωσε}, [Refs]; μὴ δρῶν, ={εἰ μὴ δρῴην}, [Refs 5th c.BC+], = ut qui nihil sciam, [Refs]; τίς πρὸς ἀνδρὸς μὴ βλέποντος ἄρκεσι; one who sees not, [Refs]: in this signification frequently with the Article, ὁ μὴ λεύσσων [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with causal significance, μὴ παρὼν θαυμάζεται [Refs 5th c.BC+]: very frequently in later Greek, [Refs 1st c.AD+]: occasionally after Verbs of knowing and showing, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) with Substantives, adjectives, and adverbs used generically, with or without Article, τὰ μὴ δίκαια [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ μὴ 'μπειρία, ={τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ἐμπειρίαν}, want of experience, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δῆμον καὶ μὴ δῆμον[Refs 4th c.BC+] B.8) after Verbs expressing fear or apprehension (compare μὴ οὐ): B.8.a) when the thing feared is future, mostly with subjunctive: with present subjunctive, δεινῶς ἀθυμῶ μὴ βλέπων ὁ μάντις ᾖ shall proveto be, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: more frequently with aorist, δείδοικα. μή σε παρείπῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with perfect, shall prove to have been, δέδοικα μὴ περαιτέρω πεπραγμέν᾽ ᾖ μοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: less frequently with future indicative, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with optative according to the sequence of moods and tenses: present optative, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: perfect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with future optative in oratio obliqua, [Refs 5th c.BC+]vect.4.41. B.8.b) when the action is present or past, the indicative is used, εἰσόρα μὴ σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν τίθης [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8.c) with indicative and subjunctive in consecutive clauses, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) in QUESTIONS: C.I) direct questions, C.I.1) with indicative, where aneg. answer is anticipated (but more generally in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μή σοι δοκοῦμεν; [Refs 5th c.BC+] (μηδέ) follows οὐ, see at {οὐ μή}. C.I.1.b) in other questions, τί μὴ ποιήσ; what am I not to do? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί μ; why not? [Refs]; compare μήν C.I.2) with subjunctive, when the speaker deliberates about a negative action, μὴ οὕτω φῶμε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοιοῦτος μὴ δῷ δίκη; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πῶς μὴ φῶμε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; how can a man help being excited when he speaks? [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II) indirect questions, frequently with Verbs implying fear and apprehension [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also σκοπεῖσθαι πῶς ἂν μή. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later in simple indirect questions, ἐπυνθάνετο μὴ ἔγνω [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.II.2) in questions introduced by εἰ, ἤρετό με. εἰ μὴ μέμνημαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἴτε. εἴτε μή, εἰ. ἢ οὔ, εἰ. ἢ μή without difference of meaning between μή and οὐ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) POSITION of μή. When the negative extends its power over the whole clause, μή properly precedes the Verb. When its force is limited to single words, it precedes those words. But Poets sometimes put μή after the Verb, ὄλοιο μή πω [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φράσῃς. μὴ πέρα[Refs] D.2) μή is sometimes repeated, μή, μή καλέσῃς [Refs 5th c.BC+] E) PROSODY: in Trag. μή may be joined by synizesis with a following ει or ου, μὴ οὐ, μὴ εἰδέναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: initial ε after μή is cut off by aphaeresis, μὴ 'πὁθουν [Refs] followed by α is sometimes written μἀ. (see. μὴ ἀλλά, etc.); sometimes separately, μὴ ἀδικεῖν [Refs 4th c.BC+] F) μή in COMPOSITION (joined with other words), as μὴ ἀλλά, μὴ γάρ, μὴ οὐ, μὴ ὅπως or ὅτι, μή ποτε, etc, will be found in alphabetical order.
Strongs
Word:
μή
Transliteration:
mḗ
Pronounciation:
may
Language:
Greek
Definition:
(adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas g3756 (οὐ) expects an affirmative one)) whether; any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without; a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas g3756 (οὐ) expresses an absolute denial)
able
Strongs:
Lexicon:
δύναμαι
Greek:
δυνάμενος
Transliteration:
dunamenos
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
be able
Morphhology:
Verb Present Middle or Passive Deponent Participle Nominative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
an ACTION that is happening – done by a male person or thing that is doing something
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
δύναμαι
Transliteration:
dunamai
Gloss:
be able
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
δύναμαι, depon, [in LXX chiefly for יָכֹל;] to be able, have power, whether by personal ability, permission, or opportunity: with inf. (M, Pr., 205; WM, §44, 3) pres, Mat.6:24, Mrk.2:7, Jhn.3:2, 1Co.10:21, al; with inf. aor, Mat.3:9, Mrk.1:45, Jhn.3:3, 4 Rom.8:39, al; with accusative, to be able to do something: Mrk.9:22, Luk.12:26; 2Co.13:8; absol, to be able, capable, powerful: 1Co.3:2 10:13. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
δύναμαι
Transliteration:
dunamai
Gloss:
be able
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
δύνᾰμαι [ῠ], 2nd pers. singular δύνασαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect and Doric dialect δύνᾳ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; δύνῃ is subjunctive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect 3rd.pers. plural δυνέαται [Refs 5th c.BC+]; subjunctive δύνωμαι, Ionic dialect 2nd pers. singular δύνηαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]: imperfect 2nd pers. singular ἐδύνω [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect 3rd.pers. plural ἐδυνέατο [Refs 5th c.BC+]: future δυνήσομαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect δυνᾱσοῦμαι [Refs 4th c.BC+]: aorist ἐδυνησάμην [Refs 8th c.BC+], Epic dialect δυν- [Refs]; subjunctive δυνήσωνται [Refs 7th c.BC+], never in good Attic dialect, falsa lectio in [Refs 4th c.BC+]passive forms, Epic dialect, Ionic dialect, Lyric poetry, ἐδυνάσθην or δυνάσθην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Trag. and Attic dialect Prose ἐδυνήθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]: perfect δεδύνημαι [Refs 4th c.BC+] —The double augment ἠδυνάμην is Attic dialect accusative to [Refs 2nd c.AD+], but Ionic dialect accusative to [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἠδύνω is required by metre in [Refs 4th c.BC+]; both forms occur in later writers: ἠδυνήθην occurs in [Refs 5th c.BC+] is a late form frequently in Papyrus as [Refs 2nd c.BC+] [ῠ, except in δῡναμένοιο [Refs 8th c.BC+] I) to be able, strong enough to do, with infinitive present et aorist, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: future infinitive is falsa lectio (πείσειν for πείθειν) in [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc: frequently absolutely, with infinitive supplied from the context, εἰ δύνασαί γε if at least thou canst (i.e. περισχέσθαι), [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also with accusative pronoun or adjective, ὅσσον δύναμαι χερσίν τε ποσίν τε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μέγα δυνάμενος very powerful, mighty, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μέγα δύναται, multum valet, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οἱ δυνάμενοι men of power, rank, and influence, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ δυνάμενοι, opposed to οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; opposed to οἱ πένητες, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; δυνάμενος παρά τινι having influence with him, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δ. τοῖς χρήμασι, τῷ σώματι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ δυνάμενος one that can maintain himself, [Refs]; of things, [διαφέρει] οἷς δύνανται differ in their potentialities, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] I.2) of moral possibility, to be able, dare, bear to do a thing, mostly with negative, οὔτε τελευτὴν ποιῆσαι δύναται [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.2.b) enjoy a legal right, δ. τῆς γεωργίας ἀπηλλάχθαι [Refs 2nd c.AD+] I.3) with ὡς and superlative, ὡς ἐδύναντο ἀδηλότατα as secretly as they could, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς δύναμαι μάλιστα κατατείνας as forcibly as I possibly can, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; simply ὡς ἐδύνατο in the best way he could, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) to be equivalent to, λόγοι ἔργα δυνάμενοι words that are as good as deeds, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.1) of money, to be worth, with accusative, ὁ σίγλος δύναται ἑπτὰ ὀβολούς [Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, pass, be current, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II.2) of Number, etc, to be equal or equivalent to, τριηκόσιαι γενεαὶ δυνέαται μύρια ἔτεα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δυνήσεται τὴν ὑποτείνουσαν will be equivalent to the hypotenuse, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.3) of words, signify, mean, [Refs 5th c.BC+]is equivalent to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3.b) avail to produce, οὐδένα καιρὸν δύναται brings no advantage, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3.c) of things, mean, 'spell', τὸ τριβώνιον τί δύνατα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αἱ ἀγγελίαι τοῦτο δύνανται they mean this much, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4) in Mathematics texts, δύνασθαί τι to be equivalent when squared to a number or area, τοῖς ἐπιπέδοις ἃ δύνανται in the areas of which they [the lines] are the roots, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ ΒΓ τῆς Α μεῖζον δύναται τῇ ΔΖ the square on ΒΓ is greater than the square on A by the square on ΔΖ, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; αἱ δυνάμεναι αὐτά [τὰ μεγέθη] the lines representing their square roots,[Refs]; αὐξήσεις δυνάμεναί τε καὶ δυναστευόμεναι increments both in the roots and powers of numbers, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ δυναμένη, [Refs 4th c.BC+] name for the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] II.4.b) of numbers multiplied together, come to, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] III) impersonal, οὐ δύναται, with aorist infinitive, it cannot be, is not to be, τοῖσι Σπαρτιήτῃσι καλλιερῆσαι οὐκ ἐδύνατο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δύναται it is possible, [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
δύναμαι
Transliteration:
dýnamai
Pronounciation:
doo'-nam-ahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to be able or possible; be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power; of uncertain affinity
to speak
Strongs:
Lexicon:
λαλέω
Greek:
λαλῆσαι
Transliteration:
lalēsai
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Verb Aorist Active Infinitive
Grammar:
an ACTION that was to happen
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
λαλέω
Transliteration:
laleō
Gloss:
to speak
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
λαλέω, -ῶ, [in LXX chiefly for דּבר pi, also for אמר, etc;] 1) to utter: of inanimate things, Rev.4:1 10:4; metaphorically, Heb.11:4 12:24. 2) to talk, speak, say: absol, Mat.9:33 12:46, Mrk.5:35, Luk.8:49; before ὡς, 1Co.13:11, Rev.13:11; εἰς, 1Co.14:9; ἐκ, Mat.12:34; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.10:19, Mrk.11:32, Jhn.8:30, al; with dative of person(s), Mat.12:46, Luk.24:6, Rom.7:1, al; with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s), Mat.9:18, Jhn.10:6, al; with prep, πρός, μετά, περί, Mrk.6:50, Luk.1:19 2:33, al; ἐν, ἐξ, ἀπό, Mat.13:3, Jhn.12:49 14:10, al; λ. τ. λόγον, Mrk.8:32, al; before orat. dir. (not cl.), Mrk.14:31, Heb.5:5 11:18; Hebraistically (Dalman, Words, 25f.), ἐλάλησε λέγων, Mat.14:27, Jhn.8:12, Act.8:26, al. SYN.: see: λέγω. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
λαλέω
Transliteration:
laleō
Gloss:
to speak
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
λᾰλ-έω, talk, chat, prattle, ἕπου καὶ μὴ λάλει [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with dative, talk to one, λαλῶν ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς σεαυτῷ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to λέγω, λαλεῖν ἄριστος, ἀδυνατώτατος λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λαλῶν μὲν, λέγων δέ. [Refs 4th c.BC+] b) generally, talk, speak, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) talk of, τινα [Refs 3rd c.BC+]:—passive, πρᾶγμα κατ᾽ ἀγορὰν λαλούμενον [Refs 5th c.BC+] 3) in later writers, ={λέγω}, speak, λαλεῖ οὐθὲν τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων πλὴν ἀνθρώπου [NT+5th c.BC+]; χειρσὶν ἅπαντα λαλήσας, of a pantomime, [NT+3rd c.BC+]passive, λαληθήσεταί σοι ὅ τι σε δεῖ ποιεῖν it shall be told thee, [NT] II) chatter, opposed to articulate speech, as of locusts, chirp, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; μεσημβρίας λαλεῖν τέττιξ (i.e. εἰμί), a very grasshopper to chirp at midday, [Refs 4th c.BC+] III) of musical sounds, αὐλῷ λαλέω [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; of trees,[Refs 4th c.BC+]; of Echo, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] sound the μάγαδις, [Refs 4th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
λαλέω
Transliteration:
laléō
Pronounciation:
lal-eh'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to talk, i.e. utter words; preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter; a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb
until
Strongs:
Greek:
ἄχρι
Transliteration:
achri
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἄχρι
Transliteration:
achri
Gloss:
until
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἄχρι (and Epic ἄχρις, bef. vowel (see MM, see word), Rom.11:25 T, Gal.3:19 T, WH, mg, Heb.3:13); 1) adv, utterly (Hom.). 2) Prep. with genitive, until, unto, as far as; (a) of time Act.3:21 22:22, Rom.1:13 5:13, 1Co.4:11, 2Co.3:14, Gal.4:2, Php.1:6; ἄ. καιροῦ, Luk.4:13, Act.13:11; ἄ. ἧς ἡμέρας, Mat.24:38, Luk.1:20 17:27, Act.1:2 (τῆς ἡ. ἧς), Act.1:22; ἄ. ταύτης τ. ἡμέρας (τ. ἡ. ταύτης), Act.2:29 23:1 26:22; ἄ. ἡμερων πέντε, Act.20:6; ἄ. αὐγῆς, Act.20:11; ἄ. τοῦ νῦν, Rom.8:22, Php.1:5; ἄ. τέλους, Heb.6:11, Rev.2:26; (b) of space: Act.11:5 13:6 20:4 (R, txt, WH, mg.) Act.28:15, 2Co.10:13-14, Heb.4:12, Rev.14:20 18:5; (with) of measure or degree: ἄ. θανάτου, Act.22:4, Rev.2:10 12:11. 3) As conj, until; (a) ἄχρι alone: with subj. aor, Gal.3:19 (ἄ. οὗ T, WH, mg.); id. without ἄν (Bl, § 65, 10), Rev.7:3 15:8 20:3, 5; with indic. fut, Rev.17:17; (b) ἄ. οὗ (i.e. ἄ. τούτου ᾧ): with indic. aor, Act.7:18; impf, Act.27:33; with subj. aor. (Bl, ut supr.), Luk.21:24, Rom.11:25, 1Co.11:26 15:25, Gal.3:19, T, WH, mg; id. with ἄν, Rev.2:25; with indic. pres, while, Heb.3:13 (cf. μέχρι). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἄχρι
Transliteration:
achri
Gloss:
until
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἄχρι and ἄχρις (see. entry near the end): I) adverb to the uttermost, τένοντε καὶ ὀστέα λᾶας ἀναιδὴς ἄχρις ἀπηλοίησεν[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.2) after [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἄχρι πρὸς τὸν σκοπόν, πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἄχρι ἐπὶ πολὺ τῶν πλευρῶν[Refs 4th c.BC+]: less frequently after the Noun, ἐς τέλος ἄχρις[Refs 1st c.BC+]adverb, ἄχρι πόρρω still farther, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) preposition with genitive, even to, as far as, II.1) of Time, until, ἄχρι μάλα κνέφαος until deep in the night, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἄχρι δὲ τούτου until then, [NT+6th c.BC+]continually, [Refs 1st c.AD+] II.2) of Space, as far as, even to, ἄχρι τῆς ἐσόδου τοῦ ἱροῦ[Refs 5th c.BC+]: after its case, ἰνίου ἄχρις[Refs 3rd c.BC+] II.3) of Measure or Degree, ἄχρι τούτου up to this point, [NT+5th c.BC+] III) as conjunction, ἄχρι, ἄχρις with or without οὗ, III.1) of Time, until, so long as, ἄχρι οὗ ὅδε ὁ λόγος ἐγράφετο[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄχρι οὗ ἄν or ἄχρι ἄν with Subj, ἄχρι ἂν σχολάσῃ till he should be at leisure, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄχρι ἂν ἔχῃ τὸ ἴδιον ἐντελές [ἡ ἱστορία] [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ἄχρι οὗ τελευτήσῃ (variant{-σει}) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄχρι ἄν, c.infinitive, Epist.[Refs 1st c.BC+]: with infinitive only, ἄχρις ἱκέσθαι ὀστέον[Refs 4th c.AD+] III.2) of Space, so far as, διώξας, ἄχρι οὗ ἀσφαλὲς ᾤετο εἶναι[Refs 5th c.BC+]: with subjunctive, αὐξάνεται εἰς μῆκος, ἄχρι οὗ δὴ ἐφίκηται τοῦ ἡλίου[Refs 4th c.BC+]; compare μέχρι throughout. —Epic dialect poets use ἄχρι or ἄχρις, as the metre requires: in Ionic dialect μέχρι is preferred (see. above): but ἄχρι, -ις are more common in [Refs 8th c.BC+] before both consonants and vowels,[Refs 2nd c.AD+]; and so in Attic dialect Inscrr. (where it is somewhat less frequently than μέχρι): ἄχρι ἄν with hiatus in [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Never in Trag. (ἄχρι, ={ṃṃ-χρι}, compare μέχρι.)
Strongs
Word:
ἄχρι
Transliteration:
áchri
Pronounciation:
akh'-rece
Language:
Greek
Definition:
(of time) until or (of place) up to; as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while; akin to g206 (ἄκρον) (through the idea of a terminus)
that
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὅς, ἥ
Greek:
ἧς
Transliteration:
hēs
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
which
Morphhology:
Relative pronoun Genitive Singular Feminine
Grammar:
a REFERENCE BACK to a female person or thing that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὅς
Transliteration:
hos, hē
Gloss:
which
Morphhology:
Greek Relative Pronoun
Definition:
ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, the postpositive article (ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν). I. As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, frequently in Plat.), Mrk.15:23, Jhn.5:11; ὃς μὲν. ὃς δέ, the one. the other, Mat.21:35, 22:5, 25:15, Luk.23:33, Act.27:14, Rom.14:5, 1Co.11:21, 2Co.2:18, Ju 22; neut, ὃ μὲν. ὃ δέ, the one. the other, some. some, Mat.13:8, 23, Rom.9:21; ὃς (ὃ) μὲν. (ἄλλος (ἄλλο)). ἕτερος, Mrk.4:4, Luk.8:5, 1Co.12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol, 1Co.12:28; ὃς μὲν. ὁ δέ, Rom.14:2. II. As relat. pron, who, which, what, that; 1) agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mat.2:9, Luk.9:9, Act.20:18, Rom.2:29, al. mult. 2) In variation from the common construction; (a) in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mrk.15:16, Gal.3:16, Eph.6:17, al; constr. ad sensum: Jhn.6:9, Col.2:19, 1Ti.3:16, Rev.13:14, al; (b) in number, constr. ad sensum: Act.15:36, 2Pe.3:1; (with) in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl, §50, 2): Jhn.4:18, Act.3:21, Rom.15:18, 1Co.6:19, Eph.1:8, al. 3) The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mrk.3:17 12:42, Jhn.1:39, Col.3:14, al; with a sentence, Act.2:32, Gal.2:10, 1Jn.2:8, al. 4) With ellipse of a demonstrative (οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος), before or after: before, Mat.20:23, Luk.7:43, Rom.10:14, al; after, Mat.10:38, Mrk.9:40, Jhn.19:22, Rom.2:1 al. 5) Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mat.11:10 (who = that he may), Mrk.1:2, Heb.12:6 al. 6) C. prep, as periphrasis for conjc: ἀνθ᾽ ὧν (= ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν), because, Luk.1:20, al; wherefore, Luk.12:3; ἐξ οὗ, since, for that, Rom.5:12; ἀφ᾽ οὗ, since (temporal), Luk.13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Php.3:20; etc. 7) With particles: ὃς ἄν (ἐάν), see: ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mrk.3:19, Jhn.21:20, Rom.5:2, al; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mat.27:57. 8) Gen, οὗ, absol, as adv. (see: οὗ). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὅς
Transliteration:
hos, hē
Gloss:
which
Morphhology:
Greek Relative Pronoun
Definition:
ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, genitive οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc; dative plural οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc: Epic dialect forms, genitive ὅου (probably replacing Οο) in the phrases ὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ᾽ ὀλεῖται [Refs 8th c.BC+]; feminine ἕης [Refs 8th c.BC+]; elsewhere only ἧς [Refs]; dative plural οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in [Refs 8th c.BC+] — _pronoun_ used, A ) as demonstrative by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Article ὁ, ἡ, τό: in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases. B ) as a Relat. by the side of the Article ὅ, ἥ, τό (see. ὁ, ἡ, τό, c):—this demonstrative and Relat. pronoun must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Sanskrit Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lithuanian jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she, it).) A) DEMONSTR. PRON, ={οὗτος},{ὅδε}, this, that; also, he, she, it: A.I) Homeric usage: this form only occurs in the nominative masculine and neuter ὅς, ὅ, and perhaps nominative feminine ἥ and nominative plural οἵ, the other cases being supplied by ὁ, ἡ, τό (ὅ, ἡ, τό); most codices have ἥ in [Refs 8th c.BC+] before it, μηδ᾽ ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, μηδ᾽ ὃς φύγοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]participle, εἰς ἕτερον γάρ τίς τε ἰδών, ὃς σπεύδει (for ὅστις ἂν ἴδῃ, ὃς σπεύδει) [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II) in later Gr. this usage remained in a few forms: A.II.1) at the beginning of a clause, καὶ ὅς and he, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καὶ ἥ and she, καὶ οἵ and they, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) ὃς καὶ ὅς such and such a person, [Refs 5th c.BC+] —here also the _Article_ supplied the oblative cases. A.II.3) ἦ δ᾽ ὅς, ἦ δ᾽ ἥ, said he, said she, see at {ἠμί}. A.II.4) in oppositions, where it sometimes answers to the Article, Λέριοι κακοί· οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ᾽ οὔ. [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ὃ μὲν, ὃ δὲ, ὃ δὲ. (neuter) [NT+4th c.BC+]: so in Doric dialect dative feminine as adverb, ᾇ μὲν, ᾇ δὲ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]: very frequently in late Prose, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: also answering to other Prons, ἑτέρων, ὧν δὲ. [Refs 4th c.BC+] B) RELAT. PRON, who, which.—By the side of the simple Relat, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A0) USAGE of the Relat. pronoun (the following remarks apply to ὅς γε, ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, as well as to ὅς, and to ὁ, ἡ, τό as relative): A0.I) in respect of CONCOR[Refs 4th c.BC+] —Prop. it agrees in gender and number with the Noun or _pronoun_ in the antecedent clause.—But this rule admits of many exceptions: A0.I.1) the Relat. mayagree with the gender implied, not expressed, in the antecedent, φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so after collective Nouns, the Relat. is frequently put in plural in the gender implied in the Noun, λαόν, οὕς. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; στρατιάν. τοιαύτην, οἵ τινες, τὸ ναυτικόν, οἵ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially after the names of countries or cities, Τηλέπυλον Λαιστρυγονίην ἀφίκανεν, οἳ. (i. e. to Telepylos of the Laestrygonians, who. ) [Refs 8th c.BC+] adjective, Θηβαίας ἐπισκοποῦντ᾽ ἀγυιάς, τάν. the streets of Thebes, which, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς Ἡρακλείους παῖδας, ὃς. the children of Heracles, who, [Refs 5th c.BC+]of me whom, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμισύν ἐστ᾽ ἀτελὴς τοῦ χρόνου· εἶθ᾽ ἧς πᾶσι μέτεστι, where ἧς agrees with ἀτελείας implied in ἀτελής, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A0.I.2) when the antec. Noun in singular implies a class, the Relat. is sometimes in plural, ἦ μάλα τις θεὸς ἔνδον, οἳ. ἔχουσιν (for τις θεῶν, οἵ.) in some places, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὗ μέν, οὗ δέ. in some places, in others, [Refs 4th c.BC+] in what part of the earth, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A0.I.2) in pregnant phrases, μικρὸν προϊόντες,οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο (for ἐκεῖσε οὗ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀπιὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οὗ κατέφυγε (for οἷ κατέφυγε καὶ οὗ ἦν) [NT+5th c.BC+]: but in early writers this is falsa lectio, as in [Refs 4th c.BC+] A0.II) dative feminine ᾗ, Doric dialect ᾇ, of Place, where, or Manner, as, see at {ᾗ}. A0.III) old locative οἷ, as adverb, see at {οἷ}. A0.III.2) old ablative ὧ, in Doric dialect (compare ϝοίκω), τηνῶθε καθεῖλον, ὧ (whence) μ᾽ ἐκέλευ καθελεῖν τυ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A0.IV) accusative singular neuter ὅ, very frequently ={ὅτι}, that, how that, λεύσσετε γὰρ τό γε πάντες ὅ μοι γέρας ἔρχεται ἄλλῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and so also, because, ταρβήσας ὅ οἱ ἄγχι πάγη βέλος [Refs] A0.IV.2) in Attic dialect ὅ, for which reason, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A0.IV.3) whereas, [NT+5th c.BC+] A0.V) ἀφ᾽ οὗπερ from the time that, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A0.VI) ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, see at {ἐπί} [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ὅς
Transliteration:
hós
Pronounciation:
ho
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that; one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc; probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article g3588 (ὁ))
day
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἡμέρα
Greek:
ἡμέρας
Transliteration:
hēmeras
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Noun Genitive Singular Feminine
Grammar:
a female PERSON OR THING that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἡμέρα
Transliteration:
hēmera
Gloss:
day
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
ἡμέρα, -ας, ἡ, [in LXX chiefly (very freq.) for יוֹם;] day; 1) as distinct from night: genitive ἡμέρας, by day (WM, §30, 11), Rev.21:25; ἡ. κ. νυκτός (ν. κ. ̔ἡ.), Act.9:24, 1Th.2:9, 2Th.3:8, Rev.4:8 (BL, §36, 13); ἡμέρας μέσης, at mid-day, Act.26:13; accusative durat, τ. ἡμέρας, Luk.21:37; ὅλην τὴν ἡ, Rom.8:36; ἐν ἡμέρα, Jhn.11:9, Rom.13:13; ἡμέρας ὁδός, a day's journey, Luk.2:44; ἡ. γίνεται, Lk 4:42 22:66; κλίνει, Luk.9:12, al; metaphorically, Jhn.9:4, Rom.13:12, 1Th.5:4, 5 8, 2Pe.1:19. 2) Of a civil day of 24 hours, incl. night: Mat.6:34, Mrk.6:21, Luk.13:14, al; τρίτῃ ἡ, Mat.16:21; ἡμέρᾳ κ. ἡ. (cf. יוֹם בְּיוֹם, Est.3:4), 2Co.4:16; ὅλην τ. ἡ, Rom.8:36 10:21; pl, Jhn.2:12, Act.9:19, al; ἡ. τῶν ἀζύμων, Act.12:3; τ. σαββάτου, Luk.13:14, 16; ἡ κυριάκη ἡ, Rev.1:10. 3) In Messianic sense, of the last day: ἡ ἡ. (ἐκείνη, τ. κυρίου, etc.), Mat.7:22, Luk.6:23, Rom.13:12, 1Co.1:8, 1Th.5:2, 2Th.2:2, 2Pe.3:10, al; by meton, as compared with the divine judgment on that day, ἡ. ἀνθρωπίνη, of a human tribunal, 1Co.4:3 (EV, man's judgment). 4) As in Heb. (also in Gk. writers; Bl, §46, 9; M, Pr., 81), of time in general: Jhn.8:56 14:20, 2Co.6:2, Eph.6:13, 2Pe.3:18; pl. Act.15:7, Eph.5:16, Heb.10:32; πᾶσας τὰς ἡ. (cf. כָּל הַיָּמִים, Deu.4:40, al; MM, Exp., xv), Mat.28:20; ἐλεύσονται ἡ. ὅταν (ὅτε), Mat.9:15, Mrk.2:20, Luk.5:35 17:22; αἱ ἡ, with genitive of person(s) (Gen.26:1, al.), Mat.2:1, Luk.1:5, Act.7:45, 1Pe.3:20; ἀρχ̀ ἡμερῶν, Heb.7:3. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἡμέρα
Transliteration:
hēmera
Gloss:
day
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
ἡμέρα, Epic dialect and Ionic dialect ἡμέρη [Refs], Doric dialect ἀμέρα [Refs 8th c.BC+], Locrian dialect ἀμάρα [Refs] (aspirated perhaps only in Attic dialect and West Ionic dialect, compare ἐπάμερος [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; usually unaspirated in early Attic dialect Inscrr, [Refs]; aspirated in codices even in dialects: original ἀμέρα probably took aspirate from ἑσπέρα): ἡ:—day, less frequently than ἦμαρ in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τίς νύ μοι ἡ. ἥδ; [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μῆνές τε καὶ ἡ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἡ σήμερον ἡ, see at {σήμερον· ἅμα ἡμέρᾳ} or ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ at daybreak, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ. διέλαμψεν, ἐξέλαμψεν, ὑπέφαινε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ἡ. ὀψέ late in the day, [Refs] 2) sometimes like Epic dialect ἦμαρ, with adjectives to describe a state or time of life, ἐπίπονος ἁ. a life of misery, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λυπρὰν ἄγειν ἡ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐχθρὰ ἡ. [Refs]; παλαιὰ ἁ. old age, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τερμία ἁ. [Refs]; αἱ μακραὶ ἁμέραι length of days, [Refs]; νέα ἁ. youth, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so τῇ πρώτῃ ἡ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ τῇ τελευταίᾳ ἡ. at the close of life,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ζοὴν βλέπουσιν ἡ. look life-like, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] 3) poetry for time, ἡ. κλίνει τε κἀνάγει πάλιν ἅπαντα τἀνθρώπεια [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the days of, [LXX]; ἡ. ἀρχαῖαι[LXX] 4) birthday, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] 5) a fixed day, τακτὴ ἡ. [NT]; ῥητὴ ἡ. [NT+1st c.BC+] a human tribunal, [NT] 6) in plural, age, προβεβηκὼς ἐν ταῖς ἡ. [LXX+NT] II) absolutely usages, II.1) genitive, τριῶν ἡμερέων within three days, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡμερῶν ὀλίγων within a few days, [Refs]; ἄλλης ἡ. another day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς αὐτῆς ἡ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡμέρας by day, opposed to νυκτός, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς. τῆς ἡ. ἄρτους δ ¯ daily, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; δὶς τῆς ἡμέρης ἑκάστης twice every day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δίς τῆς ἡ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πεντάκις τῆς ἡ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κατεσθίω. τῆς ἡ. πένθ᾽ ἡμιμέδιμνα five every day, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) _dative_, τῇδε θἠμέρᾳ,= σήμερον, (5th c.BC: Sophocles Tragicus “Oedipus Tyrannus” 1283; τῇ τόθ᾽ ἡ [prev. author] “El.” 1134. II.3) _accusative_, πᾶσαν ἡ. any day, i.e. soon, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν μὲν αὐτίχ᾽ ἡ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅλην τὴν ἡ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τρίτην ἡ. ἥκων two days after one's arrival, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πέντε ἡμέρας during five days, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς ἡ. in the daytime, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν ἡ. daily, [LXX] III) with Preps, μίαν ἀν᾽ ἁμέραν on one day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνὰ πᾶσαν ἡ. every day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀφ᾽ ἡμέρας τῆς νῦν from this day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but ἀφ᾽ ἡμέρας γίνεσθαι ἐν τῷ Μουσείῳ from early in the day, [Refs 2nd c.BC+], the whole day long, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; διὰ τρίτης ἡ. every other day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; διὰ πολλῶν ἡ. at a distance of many days, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰσ ἡμέραν yearly, [LXX]; ἐν ἡμέρῃ in a single day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῇδ᾽ ἐν ἡ. [Refs]; ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡ. [NT]; ἐν ἑστέραισιν ἡ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐν ὀκτὼ ἡ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but ἐν τρισὶν ἡ. within three days, [NT]; ἐξ ἡμέρας by day, οὔτε νυκτὸς οὔτ᾽ ἐξ ἡ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας day after day, [NT+4th c.AD+]; ἐπ᾽ ἡμέρην ἔχειν, ἐφ᾽ -ραν χρῆσθαι, sufficient for the day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but τοὐφ᾽ ἡμέραν day by day, [Refs] every day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καθ᾽ ἡμέραν by day, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; καθ᾽ ἡ. τὴν νῦν to-day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but καθ᾽ ἡ. commonly means day by day, [Refs]; καθ᾽ ἡ. ἀεί [[Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ καθ᾽ ἡ. every day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μετ᾽ ἡμέρην in broad daylight, opposed to νυκτός, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to νύκτωρ, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; μεθ᾽ ἡμέρας some days after, [LXX]; ἡμέρα παρ᾽ ἡμέραν γιγνομένη day following on day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but παρ᾽ ἡμέραν every other day, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; πρὸ ἡμέρας before day-break, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but πρὸ ἀμερᾶν δέκα ἤ κα μέλλωντι ἀναγινώσκεν [Refs]; πρὸ ἡμερῶν ἑπτὰ εἰδυῶν Ὀκτωμβρίων [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; γίγνεται, ἔστι πρὸς ἡμέραν, towards day, near day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also, for the day, daily, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] IV) as proper name, the goddess of day, [Refs 8th c.BC+] IV.2) see at {ἥμερος} [Refs]
Strongs
Word:
ἡμέρα
Transliteration:
hēméra
Pronounciation:
hay-mer'-ah
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Feminine
Definition:
day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context); age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years; feminine (with g5610 (ὥρα) implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of g1476 (ἑδραῖος)) meaning tame, i.e. gentle
may happen
Strongs:
Lexicon:
γίνομαι
Greek:
γένηται
Transliteration:
genētai
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Verb 2nd Aorist Middle Deponent Subjunctive 3rd Singular
Grammar:
an ACTION that maybe happened - by a person or thing being discussed
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
γίνομαι
Transliteration:
ginomai
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
γίνομαι, Ion. and κοινή for Att. γίγν- (M. Pr., 47; Bl, §6, 8 Mayser, 166 f.), [in LXX chiefly for היה;] 1) of persons, things occurrences, to come into being, be born, arise, come on: Jhn.1:15 8:58, 1Co.15:37; a first appearance in public, Mrk.1:4, Jhn.1:6, al; before ἐκ (of birth), Rom.1:3, Gal.4:4; διά, Jhn.1:3; βροντή, Jhn.12:29; σεισμός, Rev.6:12; γογγυσμός, Act.6:1; χαρά, Act.8:8, many other similar exx; ἡμέρα, Luk.22:66, al; ὀψέ, Mrk.11:19; πρωΐα, Mat.27:1; νύξ, Act.27:27. 2) Of events, to come to pass, take place, happen: Mat.5:18, Mrk.5:14, Luk.1:20 2:15, Act.4:21, 2Ti.2:18, al; μὴ γένοιτο [LXX for חָלִילָה, Jhn.22:29, al.], far be it, God forbid: Rom.3:4 (ICC, in l.), 1Co.6:15 and frequently in Pl; καὶ ἐγένετο, ἐγένετο δέ ([in LXX for וַיְהִי;] see Burton, 142 f; M, Pr., 16f; Dalman, Words, 32 f; Robertson, Gr., 1042 f.), with indic, Mat.7:28, Luk.1:8, al; before καί and indic, Luk.8:1, Act.5:7, al; with accusative and inf, Mrk.2:23, Luk.3:21, al; ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο, before τοῦ with inf, Act.10:25; with dative of person(s), to befall one: with inf, Act.20:16; with accusative and inf, Act.22:6; with adv, εὖ, Eph.6:3; τ́ ἐγένετο αὐτῷ (Field, Notes, 115), Act.7:40 (LXX); before εἰς, Act.28:6. 3) to be made, done, performed, observed, enacted, ordained, etc: Mat.6:10 19:8, Mrk.2:27 11:23, Act.19:26, al; before διά with genitive, Mrk.6:2, Act.2:43; ὑπό, Luk.13:17; ἐκ, Luk.4:23; ἐν, 1Co.9:15; ἀπογραφή, Luk.2:2; ἀνάκρισις Act.25:26; ἄφεσις, Heb.9:22; ὁ νόμος, Gal.3:17; τὸ πάσχα, Mat.26:2. 4) to become, be made, come to be: with pred, Mat.4:3, Luk.4:3, Jhn.2:9, 1Co.13:11, al; before ὡς, ὡσεί, Mat.10:25, Mrk.9:26; εἰς (M, Pr., 71f.), Mrk.12:1 o, al; with genitive Rev.11:15; id, of age, Luk.2:42; with dative, γ. ἀνδρί ([LXX for הָיָה לְאִישׁ, Rut.1:12, al;] see Field, Notes, 156), Rom.7:3, 4; before ἐν, Act.22:17, Rev.1:10, al; ἐπάνω, Luk.19:19; μετά, with genitive, Mrk.16:[10], Act.9:19; before εἰς, ἐπί (Field, Notes, 135), κατά (ib, 62), with accusative of place, Act.20:16 21:35 27:7, al; before ἐκ, Mrk.9:7, Luk.3:22, 2Th.2:7, al. Aoristic pf. γέγονα (M, Pr., 52, 145f; Field, Notes, 1f.), Mat.25:6, Luk.10:36, al. Aor. ἐγενήθη (for ἐγένετο, M, Pr., 139f; Mayser, 379), Mat.11:23, al. (Cf. απο, δια, επι, παρα, συμ, παρα, προ.) (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
γίνομαι
Transliteration:
ginomai
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
γίγνομαι, Ionic dialect and after [Refs 4th c.BC+] γίνομαι [ῑ], (Attic dialect Inscrr. have γιγν- in fifth and fourth cententury,[Refs]; Thess. γίνυμαι [Refs]; Boeotian dialect γίνιουμαι [Refs]future γενήσομαι: aorist ἐγενόμην (ἐγενάμην [LXX] (προ-) Decrees Byzantine cited in [Refs 4th c.BC+], Ionic dialect 2nd pers. singular γένευ [Refs 8th c.BC+], 3rd.pers. singular γενέσκετο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect γέντο [Refs 8th c.BC+] (gṇ-το): perfect γέγονα [Refs 8th c.BC+]: 3rd.pers. plural γέγοναν [NT]: pluperfect ἐγεγόνει [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἐγεγόνεε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Epic dialect forms (as if from perfect γέγᾰα), 2nd pers. plural γεγάᾱτε [Refs 8th c.BC+]pluperfect ἐκ-γεγάτην [ᾰ] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; infinitive γεγάμεν [ᾰ] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; participle γεγᾰώς -ᾰυῖα, plural -ᾰῶτες, -ᾰυῖαι [Refs 8th c.BC+], contraction γεγώς, -ῶσα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; infinitive γεγᾱκειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: middle forms ἐκγεγάασθε epigram [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—passive forms, future γενηθήσομαι (only in [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἐγενήθην [Refs 5th c.BC+], later Attic dialect, [Refs 4th c.BC+] and Hellenistic Gk, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]: perfect γεγένημαι [Refs 4th c.BC+], frequently in Attic dialect Poets and Prose, in Attic dialect inscription first in 4th C, [Refs]: 3rd.pers. plural γεγενέανται [Refs 4th c.BC+]: pluperfect ἐγεγένητο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare γείνομαι:—come into a new state of being: hence, I) absolutely, come into being opposed to εἶναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and so, I.1) of persons, to be born, νέον γεγαώς new born, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑπὸ Τμώλῳ γεγαῶτας born (and so living) under Tmolus, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γιγνομέναισι λάχη τάδ᾽. ἐκράνθη at our birth, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γεγονέναι κακῶς, καλῶς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κάλλιον, εὖ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μὴ γενέσθαι not to have been born, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ὑπὲρ τὰ στρατεύσιμα ἔτη γεγονότες those of an age beyond, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: rarely with ordinals, ὀγδοηκοστὸν ἔτος γεγονώς [Refs 1st c.AD+] I.2) of things, to be produced, ὅσα φύλλα καὶ ἄνθεα γίγνεται ὥρῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; opposed to ὄλλυσθαι, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; opposed to ἀπόλλυσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to ἀπολείπειν, [Refs 4th c.BC+] Apoll.7; opposed to ἀπολήγειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of profits, καρποὶ οἱ ἐξ ἀγελῶν γ. [Refs]; τὰ ἆθλα ἀπὸ τεττάρων ταλάντων ἐγένοντο were the produce of, i.e. were worth, [Refs]; τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων γενόμενον ἀργύριον produced by [the ransom of], [Refs]; of sums, ὁ γεγονὼς ἀριθμὸς τῶν ψήφων the total of the votes, [Refs 5th c.BC+] staters amount to [Refs 4th c.BC+]; so in in Mathematics texts, of products, ὁ ἐξ αὐτῶν γενόμενος ἀριθμός [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἀριθμὸς γενόμενος ἑκατοντάκις multiplied[Refs 3rd c.AD+]; of times of day, ὡς ἡ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of Time in general, elapse, διέτης χρόνος ἐγεγόνεε ταῦτα πρήσσουσι [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.b) falldue, οἱ γιγνόμενοι δασμοί [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τίμημα τὸ γ, τὸ γ. ἀργύριον, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with dative, τὸ γ. τινὶ ἔλαιον [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; τοῖς γείτοσι τὸ γ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]dues, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] regular, normal, τίμημα, χάρις, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐν ταῖς γ. ἡμέραις in the usual number of days, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in later Gk, as [Refs 2nd c.AD+] I.3) of events, take place, come to pass, and in past tenses to be, καί σφιν ἄχος κατὰ θυμὸν ἐγίγνετο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὰ Ὀλύμπια γίγνεται, τραγῳδοὶ γίγνονται, are held, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ψήφισμα γ. is passed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πιστὰ γ, ὅρκοι γ, pledges are given, oaths taken,[Refs 4th c.BC+]; γίγνεταί τι ὑπό τινος (masculine), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὃ μὴ γένοιτο which God forbid, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but γένοιτο, = [LXX]; γένοιτο γένοιτο[LXX] suppose it done, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]it is done, [NT]participle, γίγνεταί τί μοι βουλομένῳ, ἀσμένῳ (see. βούλομαι, ἄσμενος); οὐκ ἂν ἐμοί γε ἐλπομένῳ τὰ γένοιτο, i.e. I could not hope to see these things take place, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; of sacrifices, omens, etc, οὐ γάρ σφι ἐγίνετο τὰ σφάγια χρηστά[Refs 5th c.BC+]. were favourable, [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle, τὸ γενόμενον the event, the fact, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ γενόμενα the facts, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ γεγενημένα the past, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ γενησόμενον the future, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ γεγονότα, opposed to ὄντα, μέλλοντα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but in perfect and pluperfect, to have passed, ὡς διετὴς χρόνος ἐγεγόνεε [Refs 5th c.BC+]. it happened, came to pass that, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐγένετο, ὡς ἤκουσεν. καὶ ἐθυμώθη it came to pass, when he heard. that, [LXX+NT]infinitive, γίνεται εὑρεῖν it is possible to find, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐγένετο, with accusative et infinitive, it came to pass that, [NT+2nd c.AD+]: with dative et infinitive, ἐάν σοι γένηται στραφῆναι [Refs 1st c.AD+] II) followed by a Predicate, come into a certain state, become, and (in past tenses), to be, II.1) followed by Nouns and adjectives, δηΐοισι δὲ χάρμα γ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πάντα δὲ γιγνόμενος πειρήσεται turning every way, [Refs]; παντοῖος γ, followed by μή, with infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle, μὴ προδοὺς ἡμᾶς γένῃ, i.e. προδότης ἡμῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] ; what am I to become, i.e. what is to become of me? [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.1.b) in past tenses, having ceased to be, ὁ γενόμενος στρατηγός the ex-strategus, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἡ γ. γυνή τινος the former wife, [Refs 1st c.AD+] II.2) with adverbs, κακῶς χρῆν Κανδαύλῃ γενέσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εὖ, καλῶς, ἡδέως γ, it goes well, etc, [LXX+5th c.BC+]; with personal construction, οἱ παρὰ Πλάτωνι δειπνήσαντες ἐς αὔριον ἡδέως γίγνονται [Refs 1st c.AD+]; δίχα γ. τοῦ σώματος to be parted from, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τριχῇ γ. to be in three divisions, [Refs]; γ. ἐμποδών, ἐκποδών, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) followed by oblique cases of Nouns, II.3.a) with genitive, γ. τῶν δικαστέων, τῶν γεραιτέρων, become one of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; fall to, belong to, ἡ νίκη Ἀγησιλάου ἐγεγένητο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to be under control of, ὁ νοῦς ὅταν αὑτοῦ γένηται [Refs 5th c.BC+]: of things, to be at, i.e. cost, so much, αἱ τριχίδες εἰ γενοίαθ᾽ ἑκατὸν τοὐβολοῦ [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3.b) with dative, fall to, i. e. as wife, [LXX] II.3.c) with Preps, γ. ἀπὸ δείπνου, ἐκ θυσίας, have done, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πολὺν χρόνον γ. ἀπό τινος to be separated from, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. εἴς τι turn into, τὸ κακὸν γ. εἰς ἀγαθόν [LXX+6th c.BC+]; εἰς βρῶσιν[LXX]; εἰς οὐδέν, εἰς κενόν, [NT+8th c.BC+] even without preposition, ἐμὲ χρεὼ γ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γ. τι εἴς τινα comes to him, of a dowry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; of a ward, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐξ ὀφθαλμῶν τινι to be out of sight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξ ἀνθρώπων γ. disappear from, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐν, to be engaged in, οἱ ἐν ποιήσει γινόμενοι in poetry, [Refs]; ἐν [πολέμῳ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ὀργῇ, ἐν αἰτίᾳ πρός τινα γ, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; of things, ἐν καιρῷ γ. to be in season, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. διὰ γηλόφων, of a road, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but δι᾽ ἔχθρας γ. τινί to be at enmity with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπὶ ποταμῷ arrive or be at, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπί τινι fall into or be in one's power, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπί τινι, also, to be set over, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν to be alone, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδος to be in hope, [Refs 1st c.AD+] to be multiplied into a number, [Refs]; γ. κατά τινα or τι to be near. or opposite to, in battle, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but κατὰ ξυστάσεις γ. to be formed into groups, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καθ᾽ αὑτοὺς γ. to be alone, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γ. μετὰ τοῦ θείου to be with God, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. παρ᾽ ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς πράγμασι to be present on both sides, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. παρά τι to depend upon, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γ. περὶ τὸ συμβουλεύειν to be engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γενοῦ πρός τινα go to So-and-so, [Refs]; γ. πρὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ to be at or near, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. πρός τινι to be engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς πρὸς αὑτῷ meditate, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γενέσθαι πρός τινων to be inclined towards them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. πρὸ ὁδοῦ to be forward on the way, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γ. ὑπό τινι to be subject to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ὑπὸ ταῖς μηχαναῖς to be under the protection of, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4) γίγνεται followed by plural nouns, ἵνα γίγνηται. ἀρχαί τε καὶ γάμοι [NT+5th c.BC+]. (Cf. jánati 'procreate', jánas (={γένος}), Latin gigno, gnatus.)
Strongs
Word:
γίνομαι
Transliteration:
gínomai
Pronounciation:
ghin'-om-ahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to cause to be ("gen"-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.); arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought; a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb
these things,
Strongs:
Lexicon:
οὗτος
Greek:
ταῦτα,
Transliteration:
tauta
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
this/he/she/it
Morphhology:
Demonstrative pronoun Nominative Plural Neuter
Grammar:
a reference to SPECIFIC neuter people or things that are doing something
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
these
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
οὗτος
Transliteration:
ohutos
Gloss:
this/he/she/it
Morphhology:
Greek Demonstrative Pronoun
Definition:
οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, genitive, τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֹאת,זֶה;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille), this; 1) as subst, this one, he; (a) absol: Mat.3:17, Mrk.9:7, Luk.7:44, 45, Jhn.1:15, Act.2:15, al; expressing contempt (cl.), Mat.13:55, 56, Mrk.6:2, 3, Jhn.6:42, al; εἰς τοῦτο, Mrk.1:38, Rom.14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο (ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jhn.5:1), Jhn.2:12 11:7, al; (b) epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mat.5:19, Mrk.3:35, Luk.9:48, Jhn.6:46, Rom.7:10, al; (with) proleptic (referring to what follows): before ἵνα (Bl, §69, 6), Luk.1:43, Jhn.3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Rom.14:9, al; before ὅτι, Luk.10:11, Jhn.9:3 o, Act.24:14, Rom.2:3, al; ὅπως, Rom.9:17; ἐάν, Jhn.13:35; (d) special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν. τ. δέ (cl), partly. partly. Heb.10:33; καὶ τοῦτο (τοῦτον, ταῦτα), and that (him) too, Rom.13:11, 1Co.2:2, Heb.11:12; τοῦτ᾽ ἐστιν, Mat.27:46. 2) As adj, with subst; (a) with art. (α) before the art: Mat.12:32, Mrk.9:29, Luk.7:44, Jhn.4:15, Rom.11:24, Rev.19:9, al; (β) after the noun: Mat.3:9, Mrk.12:16, Luk.11:31, Jhn.4:13, Act.6:13, Rom.15:28, 1Co.1:20, Rev.2:24, al; (b) with subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl, §49, 4): Luk.1:36 2:2 24:21, Jhn.2:11 4:54 21:14, 2Co.13:1. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
οὗτος
Transliteration:
ohutos
Gloss:
this/he/she/it
Morphhology:
Greek Demonstrative Pronoun
Definition:
οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, genitive τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, etc: the dual feminine never in Attic dialect, see ὁ, ἡ, τό, [near the start]:—demonstrative pronoun, this, common from [Refs 8th c.BC+] A) ORIGIN and FORMS: οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο probably arose from a reduplication of the demonstrative ὁ, ἡ, τό with insertion of -υ- (= Sanskrit Particle u), e.g. ταῦτα from τα-υ-τα: Doric dialect genitive singular feminine τούτας [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc, the latter is uncertain in [Refs 5th c.BC+], as genitive singular neuter οὕτω [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; accusative singular feminine οὕταν [Refs 6th c.BC+] —In _Attic dialect_ οὗτος was frequently strengthened by the _demonstrative_ -ί, οὑτοσί, αὑτηί, τουτί, _genitive_ τουτουί, _dative_ τουτῳί, _accusative_ τουτονί; plural nominative οὑτοιί, neuter ταυτί, etc, this man here: sometimes a Particle is inserted between the pronoun and -ί, as αὑτηγί for αὑτηί γε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τουτογί for τουτί γε, [Refs]; ταυταγί for ταυτί γε, [Refs]; τουτοδί for τουτὶ δέ, [Refs]; τουτουμενί for τουτουὶ μέν, [Refs] —In codices the ν ἐφελκυστικόν is sometimes added in the forms οὑτοσίν, οὑτωσίν, and οὑτοσίν is said to be Attic dialect by [Refs 2nd c.AD+]. [This ι is always long, and a long vowel or diphthong before it becomes short, as αὑτη?~Xί, τουτω?~Xί, οὑτοῐί, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) USAGE in regard to CONCOR[Refs 4th c.BC+] is frequently used as a pronoun substantive: hence neuter is followed by genitive, κατὰ τοῦτο τῆς ἀκροπόλιος [Refs 5th c.BC+] adjective, in which case its substantive commonly takes the Article, οὗτος ὁ ἀνήρ or ὁ ἀνὴρ οὗτος.—But the Article is absent, B.1) always in Epic dialect Poets (except [Refs 8th c.BC+]: sometimes also in Trag, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) sometimes when the Noun is so specified that the Article is not needed, ἐς γῆν ταύτην, ἥντινα νῦν Σκύθαι νέμονται [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.3) when οὗτος is used in local sense, here, see below with [Refs] B.4) when the Noun with which οὗτος agrees stands as its Predicate, αὕτη γὰρ ἦν σοι πρόφασις [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δικαστοῦ αὕτη ἀρετή [ἐστι] [Refs 5th c.BC+] these were the grievances which already existed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταύτην φήμην παρέδοσαν this was the report which, [Refs 5th c.BC+] this was notably the greatest movement which, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.5) when 3rd pers. is used for 2nd pers. to express contempt, οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὑτοσὶ ἀνήρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) though οὗτος usually agrees with the Noun that serves as Predicate, it is not rare to find it in the neuter, μανία δὲ καὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἐστί [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and in plural, οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα ἀρχή [Refs 4th c.BC+]: so with an explanatory clause added, τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν ὁ συκοφάντης, αἰτιᾶσθαι μὲν πάντα ἐξελέγξαι δὲ μηδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.II.2) so also with a Noun in apposition, τούτοισιν μὲν ταῦτα μέλει, κίθαρις καὶ ἀοιδή [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.II.3) the neuter also may refer to a masculine or feminine Noun, καρπὸν φορέει κυάμῳ ἴσον: τοῦτο ἐπεὰν γένηται πέπον κτλ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.4) the neuter is also used of classes of persons, μελιτοπῶλαι καὶ τυροπῶλαι: τοῦτο δ᾽ εἰς ἕν ἐστι συγκεκυφός [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or of an abstract fact, οὐκ Ἰοφῶν ζ;—τοῦτο γάρ τοι καὶ μόνον ἔτ᾽ ἐστὶ λοιπὸν ἀγαθόν [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III) with Prons, B.III.1) personal, οὗτος σύ, in local sense, see below B.III.2) interrogative, τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔλεξα; what is this that? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποίοισι τούτοι; for ποῖά ἐστι ταῦτα οἷς [ἔχεις ἐλπίδα]; [Refs]; Νέστορ᾽ ἔρειο ὅν τινα τοῦτον ἄγει whom he brings here, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.III.3) with οἷος, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.III.4) possessive, πατὴρ σὸς οὗτος this father of thine, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.5) demonstrative, οὗτος ἐκεῖνος, τὸν σὺ ζητέεις, where ἐκεῖνος is the Predicate, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῦτον τὸν αὐτὸν ἄνδρα this same man, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.5.b) exceptionally, Διφίλου οὗτος ὅδ᾽ ἐστὶ τύπος [Refs] B.III.6) ἄλλος τις οὗτος ἀνέστη another man here, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.IV) with Numerals, τέθνηκε ταῦτα τρία ἔτη these three years, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [στρατείαν] ἑνδέκατον μῆνα τουτονὶ ποιεῖται for these eleven months, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) SIGNIFICATION AND SPECIAL IDIOMS: C.I) this, to designate the nearer, opposed to ἐκεῖνος, that, the more remote, ταῦτα, like τὰ ἐνταῦθα, things round and about us, earthly things, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare ὅδε [near the start]: but οὗτος sometimes indicates that which is not really nearest, but most important, δεῖ. τὸ βέλτιστον ἀεί, μὴ τὸ ῥᾷστον λέγειν: ἐπὶ ἐκεῖνο μὲν γὰρ ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ βαδιεῖται, ἐπὶ τοῦτο δὲ κτλ. [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.2) when, of two things, one precedes and the other follows, ὅδε properly refers to what follows, οὗτος to what precedes, οὐκ ἔστι σοι ταῦτ᾽, ἀλλά σοι τάδ᾽ ἔστι [Refs 5th c.BC+] refers to what follows, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὔκουν. τοῦτο γιγνώσκεις, ὅτι; [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.3) οὗτος is used emphatic, generally in contempt, while ἐκεῖνος denotes praise, ὁ πάντ᾽ ἄναλκις οὗτος, i.e. Aegisthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+] of Philip; but οὗτος is used of Philip, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.3.b) of what is familiar, τούτους τοὺς πολυτελεῖς χιτῶνας, of the Persians, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ θυλακῶδες τοῦτο the familiar bag-like thing, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.4) in Attic dialect law-language, οὗτος is commonly applied to the opponent, whether plaintiff (as in [Refs 4th c.BC+] or defendant (as in [Refs]; so, in the political speeches of [Refs 4th c.BC+] are the opposite party, [Refs], etc; but in the forensic speeches, οὗτοι frequently means the judges, the court, [Refs] C.I.5) much like an adverb, in local sense (compare ὅδε [near the start]), τίς δ᾽ οὗτος κατὰ νῆας. ἔρχεα; who art thou here that comest? [Refs 8th c.BC+]; frequently in Attic dialect, τίς οὑτοσ; who's this here? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πολλὰ ὁρῶ ταῦτα πρόβατα I see many sheep here, [Refs 5th c.BC+] ho you! you there! [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with a proper name, ὦ οὗτος, Αἴας [Refs 5th c.BC+] —This phrase mostly implies anger, impatience, or scorn. C.II) simply as antecedent to ὅς, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.III) = τοιοῦτος, οὗτος ἐγὼ ταχυτᾶτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV) after a parenthesis, the Subject, though already named, is frequently emphatic repeated by οὗτος, οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Ἀριστέης, οὐδὲ οὗτος προσωτέρω. ἔφησε ἀπικέσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.V) καὶ οὗτος is added to heighten the force of a previous word, ξυνεστῶτες. ναυτικῷ ἀγῶνι, καὶ τούτῳ πρὸς Ἀθηναίους [Refs 5th c.BC+]; see infr. VIII.2. C.VI) repeated, where for the second we should merely say he or it, τοῖσιν τούτου τοῦτον μέλεσιν. κελαδοῦντες [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VII) ταῦτα is used in some special phrases, C.VII.1) ταῦτ᾽, ὦ δέσποτα yes Sir (i. e. ἔστι ταῦτα, ταῦτα δράσω, etc.), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so also ἦν ταῦτα even so, true, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VII.2) ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ὑπάρξει so it shall be, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VII.3) καὶ ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ταῦτα so much for that, frequently in Attic dialect, as [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VII.4) ταῦτα at end of a formula in epitaphs, etc, probably short for ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει or ὁ βίος ταῦτά ἐστιν, e.g. οὐδὶς (= -εὶς) ἀθάνατος: ταῦτα [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.VIII) Adverbial usages: C.VIII.1) ταῦταabsolutely, therefore, that is why, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἥκω, ἵνα. [Refs 5th c.BC+] is rare in this sense, τοῦτ᾽ ἀφικόμην, ὅπως. εὖ πράξαιμί τι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ γὰρ τοῦτο just because of this, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.1.b) πρὸς ταῦτα so then, therefore, properly used in indignant defiance, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.2) καὶ ταῦτα, adding a circumstance heightening the force of what has been said, and that, ἄνδρα γενναῖον θανεῖν, καὶ ταῦτα πρὸς γυναικός [Refs 4th c.BC+]: but mostly with a participle, ὅς γ᾽ ἐξέλυσας ἄστυ, καὶ ταῦθ᾽ ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν οὐδὲν ἐξειδὼς πλέον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or with a participle omitted, ἥτις. τὴν τεκοῦσαν ὕβρισεν, καὶ ταῦτα τηλικοῦτος (i.e. οὖσα) [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.2.b) καὶ ταῦτα anyhow, no matter what happens (or happened), ἐπεχείρησας, οὐδὲν ὢν καὶ ταῦτα you tried, but were no good anyhow, i.e. try as you might, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.VIII.3) τοῦτο μέν, τοῦτο δέ. on the one hand, on the other, partly, partly, very frequently in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῦτο μέν is sometimes answered by δέ only,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; by δὲ αὖ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; by ἔπειτα δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; by ἀλλά, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; by εἶτα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; by τοῦτ᾽ αὖθις, [Refs] C.VIII.4) dative feminine ταύτῃ, C.VIII.4.a) on this spot, here, ταύτῃ μὲν, τῇδε δ᾽ αὖ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.4.b) in this point, herein, μηδὲν ταύτῃ γε κομήσῃς [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.4.c) in this way, thus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to ὅπῃ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταύτῃ καλεῖσθαι, etc, like οὕτω κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.5) ἐκ τούτου or τούτων thereupon, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; therefore, [Refs] C.VIII.6) ἐν τούτῳ in that case, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.6.b) in the meantime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.7) πρὸς τούτοις (-οισι) besides, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
οὗτος
Transliteration:
hoûtos
Pronounciation:
how'-tahee
Language:
Greek
in return for
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἀντί
Greek:
ἀνθ᾽
Transliteration:
anth᾽
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
for
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἀντί
Transliteration:
anti
Gloss:
for
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἀντί (the ι is elided only in ἀνθ᾽ ὧν), prep. with genitive (cf. MM, VGT, see word); 1) prop, in local sense, over against, opposite, hence 2) instead of, in place of, for (Hom, etc.): Mat.5:38 17:27, Luk.11:11, 1Co.11:15, Heb.12:2; with artic. inf. (cl.), Jas.4:15; of succession, Mat.2:22; χάριν ἀ. χάριτος, Jhn.1:16 (M, Pr., 100); of price in exchange, Heb.12:16; λύτρον ἀ. πολλῶν, Mat.20:28, Mrk.10:45 (M, Pr., 105); of requital, Rom.12:17, 1Th.5:16, 1Pe.3:9 (cf. Wis.11:15); ἀνθ᾽ ὧν, because, Luk.1:20 19:44, Act.12:23, 2Th.2:10 (cl, LXX for אֲשֶׁר תַּחַת); id. therefore (cl, LXX), Luk.12:3; ἀ. τούτου (LXX for כֵּן נַעֲרָה) Eph.5:31. As a prefix, ἀντι- (before vowels ἀντ, ἀνθ᾽-), denotes (a) over against, ἀντιπέραν; (b) co-operation, ἀντιβάλλειν; (with) requital, ἀντιμισθία; (d) opposition, ἀντίχριστος; (e) substitution, ἀνθύπατος. Compounds of ἀ. usually govern dative (B1, § 37, 7). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἀντί
Transliteration:
anti
Gloss:
for
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἀντί, preposition governing genitive:—originally sense, over against. (Cf. Sanskrit ánti 'opposite', 'facing', Latin ante, etc.) A) USAGE: A.I) of Place, opposite, over against, formerly quoted from several places of [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so ἄντ᾽ Αἴαντος (i.e. ἄντα)[Refs 8th c.BC+]; but ἀντί is so used in [Refs 5th c.BC+]c-l68; αἱ ὀπαὶ αἱ γιγνόμεναι ἀ. τόρμων mortises facing tenons, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ἀντὶ μαιτύρων in the presence of witnesses, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.II) of Time, ἀντὶ νυκτός the same night, [Refs]; ἀντὶ ϝέτεος[Refs 1st c.BC+]; ἀνθ᾽ ἡμέρας· δι᾽ ὅλης τῆς ἡμέρας, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; compare ἀντετοῦς. A.III) instead, in the place of, Ἕκτορος ἀντὶ πεφάσθαι[Refs 8th c.BC+]: sometimes used elliptically, ἦ 'τολμήσατ᾽ ἀντ᾽ ἐμοῦ δοῦναί τιν; i.e. ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐμοὶ δοῦναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) in [Refs 8th c.BC+] he is as good as many men, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀντὶ κασιγνήτου ξεῖνος. τέτυκται a guest is as much as a brother, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀντί τοί εἰμ᾽ ἱκέταο I am as a suppliant, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so later τοῦτό σφι ἀντὶ λουτροῦ ἐστί serves as a bath, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑπάρχειν ἀντὶ τῶν ἔνδον to be as hostages for, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δουλεύειν ἀντὶ ἀργυρωνήτων just like bought slaves, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.III.3) to denote exchange, at the price of, in return for, σοὶ δὲ θεοὶ τῶνδ᾽ ἀντὶ χάριν. δοῖεν[Refs 8th c.BC+]; νῆσον ἀντὶ χρημάτων παρέλαβον for money paid, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δοίην ἀντ᾽ ἀνιῶν ἀνίας grief for grief, [Refs 6th c.BC+]:—hence ἀνθ᾽ ὧν wherefore, [NT+5th c.BC+]; ἀντὶ τούτου therefore, [NT]; but ἀνθ᾽ ὧν also for ἀντὶ τούτων ὄτι, because, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀντὶ το; wherefore? why? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ἀνθ᾽ ὧν ὅτι ἦτε. instead of being as you were, [LXX] A.III.4) for the sake of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; with Verbs of entreaty, like{πρός} with genitive, ἀντὶ παίδων ἱκετεύομέν σε[Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.5) to mark comparison, ἓν ἀνθ᾽ ἑνός one set against the other, compared with it, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος, i.e. ever-increasing grace, [NT]; in preference to, ἀφνεὸν βούλεται ἀντ᾽ ἀγαθοῦ[Refs 6th c.BC+]: even after Comparatives, πλέον ἀντὶ σοῦ[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so (especially after a negative) ἄλλος ἀντ᾽ ἐμοῦ[Refs 5th c.BC+] B) POSITION: ἀντί rarely follows its case, as in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but the Grammars hold that it never suffers anastrophe. C) IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), it signified, C.1) over against, opposite, as ἀντιβαίνω, ἀντίπορος. C.2) against, in opposition to, as ἀντιλέγω, ἀντίβιος. C.3) one against another, mutually, as ἀντιδεξιόομαι. C.4) in return, as ἀντιβοηθέω. C.5) instead of, as ἀντιβασιλεύς, ἀνθύπατος. C.6) equal to, like, as ἀντίθεος, ἀντίπαις, ἀντίδουλος. C.7) corresponding, counter, as ἀντίφορτος, ἀντίτυπος.
Strongs
Word:
ἀντί
Transliteration:
antí
Pronounciation:
an-tee'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Preposition
Definition:
opposite, i.e. instead or because of (rarely in addition to); for, in the room of; a primary particle
that
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὅς, ἥ
Greek:
ὧν
Transliteration:
hōn
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
which
Morphhology:
Relative pronoun Genitive Plural Neuter
Grammar:
a REFERENCE BACK to neuter people or things that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὅς
Transliteration:
hos, hē
Gloss:
which
Morphhology:
Greek Relative Pronoun
Definition:
ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, the postpositive article (ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν). I. As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, frequently in Plat.), Mrk.15:23, Jhn.5:11; ὃς μὲν. ὃς δέ, the one. the other, Mat.21:35, 22:5, 25:15, Luk.23:33, Act.27:14, Rom.14:5, 1Co.11:21, 2Co.2:18, Ju 22; neut, ὃ μὲν. ὃ δέ, the one. the other, some. some, Mat.13:8, 23, Rom.9:21; ὃς (ὃ) μὲν. (ἄλλος (ἄλλο)). ἕτερος, Mrk.4:4, Luk.8:5, 1Co.12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol, 1Co.12:28; ὃς μὲν. ὁ δέ, Rom.14:2. II. As relat. pron, who, which, what, that; 1) agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mat.2:9, Luk.9:9, Act.20:18, Rom.2:29, al. mult. 2) In variation from the common construction; (a) in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mrk.15:16, Gal.3:16, Eph.6:17, al; constr. ad sensum: Jhn.6:9, Col.2:19, 1Ti.3:16, Rev.13:14, al; (b) in number, constr. ad sensum: Act.15:36, 2Pe.3:1; (with) in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl, §50, 2): Jhn.4:18, Act.3:21, Rom.15:18, 1Co.6:19, Eph.1:8, al. 3) The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mrk.3:17 12:42, Jhn.1:39, Col.3:14, al; with a sentence, Act.2:32, Gal.2:10, 1Jn.2:8, al. 4) With ellipse of a demonstrative (οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος), before or after: before, Mat.20:23, Luk.7:43, Rom.10:14, al; after, Mat.10:38, Mrk.9:40, Jhn.19:22, Rom.2:1 al. 5) Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mat.11:10 (who = that he may), Mrk.1:2, Heb.12:6 al. 6) C. prep, as periphrasis for conjc: ἀνθ᾽ ὧν (= ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν), because, Luk.1:20, al; wherefore, Luk.12:3; ἐξ οὗ, since, for that, Rom.5:12; ἀφ᾽ οὗ, since (temporal), Luk.13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Php.3:20; etc. 7) With particles: ὃς ἄν (ἐάν), see: ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mrk.3:19, Jhn.21:20, Rom.5:2, al; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mat.27:57. 8) Gen, οὗ, absol, as adv. (see: οὗ). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὅς
Transliteration:
hos, hē
Gloss:
which
Morphhology:
Greek Relative Pronoun
Definition:
ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, genitive οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc; dative plural οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc: Epic dialect forms, genitive ὅου (probably replacing Οο) in the phrases ὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ᾽ ὀλεῖται [Refs 8th c.BC+]; feminine ἕης [Refs 8th c.BC+]; elsewhere only ἧς [Refs]; dative plural οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in [Refs 8th c.BC+] — _pronoun_ used, A ) as demonstrative by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Article ὁ, ἡ, τό: in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases. B ) as a Relat. by the side of the Article ὅ, ἥ, τό (see. ὁ, ἡ, τό, c):—this demonstrative and Relat. pronoun must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Sanskrit Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lithuanian jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she, it).) A) DEMONSTR. PRON, ={οὗτος},{ὅδε}, this, that; also, he, she, it: A.I) Homeric usage: this form only occurs in the nominative masculine and neuter ὅς, ὅ, and perhaps nominative feminine ἥ and nominative plural οἵ, the other cases being supplied by ὁ, ἡ, τό (ὅ, ἡ, τό); most codices have ἥ in [Refs 8th c.BC+] before it, μηδ᾽ ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, μηδ᾽ ὃς φύγοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]participle, εἰς ἕτερον γάρ τίς τε ἰδών, ὃς σπεύδει (for ὅστις ἂν ἴδῃ, ὃς σπεύδει) [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II) in later Gr. this usage remained in a few forms: A.II.1) at the beginning of a clause, καὶ ὅς and he, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καὶ ἥ and she, καὶ οἵ and they, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) ὃς καὶ ὅς such and such a person, [Refs 5th c.BC+] —here also the _Article_ supplied the oblative cases. A.II.3) ἦ δ᾽ ὅς, ἦ δ᾽ ἥ, said he, said she, see at {ἠμί}. A.II.4) in oppositions, where it sometimes answers to the Article, Λέριοι κακοί· οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ᾽ οὔ. [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ὃ μὲν, ὃ δὲ, ὃ δὲ. (neuter) [NT+4th c.BC+]: so in Doric dialect dative feminine as adverb, ᾇ μὲν, ᾇ δὲ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]: very frequently in late Prose, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: also answering to other Prons, ἑτέρων, ὧν δὲ. [Refs 4th c.BC+] B) RELAT. PRON, who, which.—By the side of the simple Relat, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A0) USAGE of the Relat. pronoun (the following remarks apply to ὅς γε, ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, as well as to ὅς, and to ὁ, ἡ, τό as relative): A0.I) in respect of CONCOR[Refs 4th c.BC+] —Prop. it agrees in gender and number with the Noun or _pronoun_ in the antecedent clause.—But this rule admits of many exceptions: A0.I.1) the Relat. mayagree with the gender implied, not expressed, in the antecedent, φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so after collective Nouns, the Relat. is frequently put in plural in the gender implied in the Noun, λαόν, οὕς. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; στρατιάν. τοιαύτην, οἵ τινες, τὸ ναυτικόν, οἵ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially after the names of countries or cities, Τηλέπυλον Λαιστρυγονίην ἀφίκανεν, οἳ. (i. e. to Telepylos of the Laestrygonians, who. ) [Refs 8th c.BC+] adjective, Θηβαίας ἐπισκοποῦντ᾽ ἀγυιάς, τάν. the streets of Thebes, which, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς Ἡρακλείους παῖδας, ὃς. the children of Heracles, who, [Refs 5th c.BC+]of me whom, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμισύν ἐστ᾽ ἀτελὴς τοῦ χρόνου· εἶθ᾽ ἧς πᾶσι μέτεστι, where ἧς agrees with ἀτελείας implied in ἀτελής, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A0.I.2) when the antec. Noun in singular implies a class, the Relat. is sometimes in plural, ἦ μάλα τις θεὸς ἔνδον, οἳ. ἔχουσιν (for τις θεῶν, οἵ.) in some places, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὗ μέν, οὗ δέ. in some places, in others, [Refs 4th c.BC+] in what part of the earth, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A0.I.2) in pregnant phrases, μικρὸν προϊόντες,οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο (for ἐκεῖσε οὗ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀπιὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οὗ κατέφυγε (for οἷ κατέφυγε καὶ οὗ ἦν) [NT+5th c.BC+]: but in early writers this is falsa lectio, as in [Refs 4th c.BC+] A0.II) dative feminine ᾗ, Doric dialect ᾇ, of Place, where, or Manner, as, see at {ᾗ}. A0.III) old locative οἷ, as adverb, see at {οἷ}. A0.III.2) old ablative ὧ, in Doric dialect (compare ϝοίκω), τηνῶθε καθεῖλον, ὧ (whence) μ᾽ ἐκέλευ καθελεῖν τυ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A0.IV) accusative singular neuter ὅ, very frequently ={ὅτι}, that, how that, λεύσσετε γὰρ τό γε πάντες ὅ μοι γέρας ἔρχεται ἄλλῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and so also, because, ταρβήσας ὅ οἱ ἄγχι πάγη βέλος [Refs] A0.IV.2) in Attic dialect ὅ, for which reason, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A0.IV.3) whereas, [NT+5th c.BC+] A0.V) ἀφ᾽ οὗπερ from the time that, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A0.VI) ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, see at {ἐπί} [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ὅς
Transliteration:
hós
Pronounciation:
ho
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that; one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc; probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article g3588 (ὁ))
not
Strongs:
Lexicon:
οὐ
Greek:
οὐκ
Transliteration:
ouk
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
no
Morphhology:
Negative Particle Negative Negative
Grammar:
introducing a negative
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
οὐ
Transliteration:
ou
Gloss:
no
Morphhology:
Greek Particle Neuter
Definition:
οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Act.2:7, WH, mg; cf. WH, Intr., §409; M, Pr., 44, 244), [in LXX for אֵין,אַיִן,לֹא;] neg. particle, not, no, used generally with indic, and for a denial of fact (cf. μή); 1) absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mat.13:29 Jhn.1:21 21:5; οὒ οὕ, Mat.5:37 Jas.5:12. 2) Most frequently negativing a verb or other word, Mat.1:25 10:26, 38, Mrk.3:25 9:37, Jhn.8:29, Act.7:5, Rom.1:16, Php.3:3, al; in litotes, οὐκ ὀλίγοι (i.e. very many), Act.17:4, al; οὐκ ἄσημος, Act.21:39; πᾶς. οὐ, with verb, (like Heb. כֹּל. לֹא), no, none, Mat.24:22, Mrk.13:20, Luk.1:37, Eph.5:5, al; in disjunctive statements, οὐκ. ἀλλά, Luk.8:52 Jhn.1:33 Rom.8:2 o, al; with 2 of person(s) fut. (like Heb. לֹא, with impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mat.4:7, Luk.4:12, Rom.7:7, al. 3) With another negative, (a) strengthening the negation: Mrk.5:37, Jhn.8:15 12:19, Act.8:39, al; (b) making an affirmative: Act.4:20, 1Co.12:15. 4) With other particles: οὐ μή (see: μή); οὐ μηκέτι, Mat.21:19; with μή interrog, Rom.10:18, 1Co.9:4, 5 11:22. 5) Interrogative, expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne): Mat.6:26, Mrk.4:21, Luk.11:40, Jhn.4:35, Rom.9:21, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
οὐ
Transliteration:
ou
Gloss:
no
Morphhology:
Greek Particle Neuter
Definition:
οὐ, the negative of fact and statement, as μή of will and thought; οὐ denies, μή rejects; οὐ is absolute, μή relative; οὐ objective, μή subjective. —The same differences hold for all compounds of οὐ and μή, and some examples of οὐδέ and οὐδείς are included below.—As to the Form, see infr. G. USAG[Refs 5th c.BC+] I) as the negative of single words, II) as the negative of the sentence. I) οὐ adhering to single words so as to form a quasi-compound with them:—with Verbs: οὐ δίδωμι withhold, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐκ εἰῶ prevent, [Refs]; οὐκ ἐθέλω refuse, [Refs]; οὔ φημι deny, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but sometimes οὐ is retained, εἰ δ᾽ ἂν. οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐάντε. οὐ (variant{μή}) φῆτε ἐάντε φῆτε [Refs 8th c.BC+] —On the use of οὐ in contrasts, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) as negativing the whole sentence, II.1) οὐ is frequently used alone, sometimes with the ellipsis of a definite Verb, οὔκ (i.e. ἀποκερῇ), ἄν γε ἐμοὶ πείθῃ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes as negativing the preceding sentence, [Refs 5th c.BC+] and the accusative; sometimes without μά, οὐ τὸν πάντων θεῶν θεὸν πρόμον Ἅλιον [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) with indicative of statement, τὴν δ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐ λύσω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐ φθίνει Κροίσου φιλόφρων ἀρετά [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.3) with subjunctive in future sense, only in Epic dialect, οὐ γάρ τίς με βίῃ γε ἑκὼν ἀέκοντα δίηται [Refs] II.4) with optative in potential sense (without ἄν or κεν), also Epic dialect, ὃ οὐ δύο γ᾽ ἄνδρε φέροιεν [Refs] II.5) with optative and ἄν, κείνοισι δ᾽ ἂν οὔ τις. μαχέοιτο [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.6) in dependent clauses οὐ is used, II.6.a) with ὅτι or ὡς, after Verbs of saying, knowing, and showing, ἐκ μέν τοι ἐρέω. ὡς ἐγὼ οὔ τι ἑκὼν κατερύκομαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so with indicative or optative and ἄν, ἀπελογοῦντο ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε οὕτω μωροὶ ἦσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] in such sentences, see at {μή} [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.6.b) in all causal sentences, and in temporal and Relat. sentences unless there is conditional or final meaning, χωσαμένη, ὅ οἱ οὔ τι θαλύσια. ῥέξε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: in causal relative sentences, οἵτινές σε οὐχὶ ἐσώσαμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially in the combinations, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐ, as οὐκ ἔστ᾽ ἐραστὴς ὅστις οὐκ ἀεὶ φιλεῖ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅστις οὐ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.6.c) after ὥστε with indicative or optative with ἄν, ὥστ᾽ οὐ δυνατόν σ᾽ εἵργειν ἔσται [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive is almost invariably due to indirect speech, ὥστ᾽ οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθαι (for οὐκ αἰσχύνονται) [Refs 5th c.BC+]—Rarely not in indirect speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.7) in a conditional clause μή is necessary, except, II.7.a) in [Refs 8th c.BC+] clause precedes the apodosis and the verb is indicative, εἰ δέ μοι οὐκ ἐπέεσσ᾽ ἐπιπείσεται [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.7.b) when the εἰ clause is really causal, as after Verbs expressing surprise or emotion, μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ πολλὰ τῶν εἰρημένων οὐ πρέπει σοι [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.7.c) when οὐ belongs closely to the next word (see. [Refs 4th c.BC+], or is quoted unchanged, εἰ, ὡς νῦν φήσει, οὐ παρεσκευάσατο [Refs 4th c.BC+]; εἰ δ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ ἐστί (i.e. ὥσπερ λέγεις), τίνι τρόπῳ διεφθάρη ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.8) οὐ is used with infinitive in indirect speech, when it represents the indicative of orat. recta, φαμὲν δέ οἱ οὐ τελέεσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; sometimes we have οὐ and μή in consecutive clauses, οἶμαι σοῦ κάκιον οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων κρατύνειν μηδ᾽ ἐπιθύνειν χερί [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.9) οὐ is used with the participle, when it can be resolved into a finite sentence with οὐ, as after Verbs of knowing and showing, τὸν κατθανόνθ᾽ ὁρῶντες οὐ τιμώμενον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or into a causal sentence, τῶν βαρβάρων οἱ πολλοὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ διεφθάρησαν νέειν οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or into a concessive sentence, δόξω γυναῖκα καίπερ οὐκ ἔχων ἔχειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] and participle, ὡς οὐχὶ συνδράσουσα νουθετεῖς τάδε [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—for exceptions, see at {μή} [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.9.b) when the participle is used with the Article, μή is generally used, unless there is a distinct reference to a fact, when οὐ is occasionally found, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς οὐκ οὔσης ἔτι [πόλεως] ὁρμώμενοι [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.10) Adjectives and abstract Substantives with the article commonly take μή (see. μή [Refs 5th c.BC+] is occasionally used, τὰς οὐκ ἀναγκαίας πόσεις [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν τῶν γεφυρῶν οὐ διάλυσιν the non- dissolution of the bridges, the fact of their notbeing broken up, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so without the article, ἐν οὐ καιπῷ [Refs] II.11) for οὐ μή, see entry II.12) in questions οὐ ordinarily expects a positive answer, οὔ νυ καὶ ἄλλοι ἔασι.; [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐχ ὁράᾳς.; dost thou not see? [NT+8th c.BC+]: the diphthong is genuine and always written ου (ουκ, ουδε, etc.) in early Inscrr, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οὐ abbreviated ο, Suid. see at {Φιλοξένου γραμμάτιον}. H) ACCENTUATION. οὐ is oxytone accusative to Hdn.Gr.1.494 (text doubtfulin 504): [Refs 8th c.BC+] H.I) οὐ in connexion with other Particles will be found in alphabetical order, οὐ γάρ, οὐ μή, etc.—The corresponding forms of μή should be compared.
Strongs
Word:
οὐ
Transliteration:
ou
Pronounciation:
ookh
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the absolute negative (compare g3361 (μή)) adverb; no or not; + long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but; a primary word
you did believe
Strongs:
Lexicon:
πιστεύω
Greek:
ἐπίστευσας
Transliteration:
episteusas
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to trust (in)
Morphhology:
Verb Aorist Active Indicative 2nd Singular
Grammar:
an ACTION that happened - by a person being spoken or written to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
to trust (in)
Tyndale
Word:
πιστεύω
Transliteration:
pisteuō
Gloss:
to trust (in)
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
πιστεύω, [in LXX chiefly for אמן hi;] 1) intrans, to have faith (in), to believe; in cl, with accusative, dative, in NT also with prep, (on the significance of the various constructions, see M, Pr., 67f; Vau. on Rom.4:5; Ellic. on 1Ti.1:16; Abbott, JV, 19-80): absol, Mat.24:23, 26 Mrk.13:21, 1Co.11:18; with accusative of thing(s), Act.13:41, 1Co.13:7; with dative of person(s) (to believe what one says), Mrk.16:[13, 14], 1Jn.4:1; τ. ψεύδει, 2Th.2:11; περί. ὅτι, Jhn.9:18; esp. and most frequently with reference to religious belief: absol, Mat.8:13, Mrk.5:36, Luk.8:50, Jhn.11:40, al; before ὅτι, Mat.9:28, al; with dative (see supr, and cf. DB, i, 829a), Jhn.3:12 5:24 6:30 8:31, Act.16:34, Gal.3:6 " (LXX), 2Ti.1:12, 1Jn.5:10, al; with prep, (expressing personal trust and reliance as distinct from mere credence or belief; see M, Pr., l.with; DB, i, 829b), to believe in or on: ἐν (Psa.77 (78):22, al.), Mrk.1:15 (see Swete, in l.); εἰς, Mat.18:6, Jhn.2:11 (see Westc, in l.), and freq, Act.10:43 19:4, Rom.10:14, Gal.2:16, Php.1:29, I Jhn.5:10, 1Pe.1:8; εἰς τ. ὄνομα, Jhn.1:12 2:23 3:18, 1Jn.5:13; ἐπί, with accusative, Mat.27:42, Act.9:42 11:17 16:31 22:19, Rom.4:5; ἐπί, with dative, Rom.9:33 (LXX) 10:11 (ib.), 1Ti.1:16, 1Pe.2:6 " (LXX); ptcp. pres, οἱ π, as subst, Act.2:44, Rom.3:22, 1Co.1:21, al; aor, Mrk.16:[16], Act.4:32; pf, Act.19:18 21:20 (on Johannine use of the tenses of π, see Westc, Epp. Jo., 120). 2) Trans, to entrust: with accusative and dative, Luk.16:11, Jhn.2:24; pass, to be entrusted with: with accusative, Rom.3:2, 1Co.9:17, Gal.2:7, 1Th.2:4 (see Lft, Notes, 21f.), 1Ti.1:11, Tit.1:3. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
πιστεύω
Transliteration:
pisteuō
Gloss:
to trust (in)
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
πιστ-εύω, future -εύσω: pluperfect πεπιστεύκειν [NT]: (πίστις):—trust, put faith in, rely on a person, thing, or statement, τινι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [σημείοις] [Refs 5th c.BC+] adjective or pronoun, λόγοις ἐμοῖσι πίστευσον τάδε believe my words herein, [NT+5th c.BC+]; εἰς τὸ ὄνομά τινος[NT]: absolutely, believe, περὶ μὲν τούτου. οὔτε ἀπιστέω οὔτε ὦν π. τι λίην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; χαλεπὰ παντὶ ἑξῆς τεκμηρίῳ πιστεῦσαι although it is hard to believe every single bit of evidence about them, [Refs 5th c.BC+] entertain a confident opinion, [Refs]:—passive, to be trusted or believed, ἄνδρες ἄξιοι πιστεύεσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πιστευθῆναι ὑπό τινος enjoy his confidence,[Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὡς πιστευθησόμενος as if he would be believed, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πιστεύονται [οἱ λόγοι] [Refs]; ἐπιστεύοντο ἃ ἔλεγον they were believed in what they said, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πρόγνωσιν ἐπεπίστευντο were believed to possess foreknowledge, [Refs 1st c.AD+] 2) comply, ὡς οὐχ ὑπείξων οὐδὲ πιστεύσων λέγει; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to ἀπιστέω, [Refs] 3) with infinitive, believe that, feel confident that a thing is, will be, has been, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ὡς, ὅτι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive is sometimes omitted, τὰ μὲν οὐ πιστεύουσιν οἱ νέοι (i.e. εἶναι or γεγονέναι) [Refs]:—passive, παρὰ Διὸς. οἱ νόμοι πεπιστευμένοι ἦσαν γεγονέναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πιστευθεὶς ἀληθεύσειν believed sure to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: without infinitive, πιστευθείσης εἱμαρμένης αἴρεται πᾶσα νουθεσία [Refs 2nd c.AD+] 4) with dative et infinitive, τοῖσι ἐπίστευε σιγᾶν to whom he trusted that they would keep silence, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 5) have faith, [NT] II) π. τινί τι entrust something to another, τινὶ ἡγεμονίαν, χρήματα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle, have entrusted to one, ἀρχήν Berichte der russ. Akad. fuür Gesch. der materiellen Kultur [Refs 2nd c.AD+] —passive, πιστεύεσθαί τι to be entrusted with a thing, have it committed to one, παρά or ὑπό τινος, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]: with infinitive, πιστευθέντας τοῖς ἐχθροῖς διαφθείρειν [Refs 4th c.BC+]: with genitive, πιστευθεὶς τῆς Κύπρου [Refs 2nd c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
πιστεύω
Transliteration:
pisteúō
Pronounciation:
pist-yoo'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially one's spiritual well-being to Christ); believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with; from g4102 (πίστις)
in the
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τοῖς
Transliteration:
tois
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Dative Plural Masculine
Grammar:
specific male people or things that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
words
Strongs:
Lexicon:
λόγος
Greek:
λόγοις
Transliteration:
logois
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
word
Morphhology:
Noun Dative Plural Masculine
Grammar:
male PEOPLE OR THINGS that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
λόγος
Transliteration:
logos
Gloss:
word
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
λόγος, -ου, ὁ (λέγω) [in LXX chiefly for דָּבָר, also for מִלָּה,אֵמֶר, etc;] I. Of that by which the inward thought is expressed, Lat. oratio, sermo, vox, verbum. 1) a word, not in the grammatical sense of a mere name (ἔπος, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), but a word as embodying a conception or idea: Mat.8:8, Luk.7:7, 1Co.14:9, 19 Heb.12:19, al. 2) a saying, statement, declaration: Mat.19:22 (T om.), Mrk.5:36 7:29, Luk.1:29, Jhn.2:22 6:60, Act.7:29, al; with genitive attrib, Act.13:15, Rom.9:9, Heb.7:28, al; of the sayings, commands, promises, etc, of teachers, Mat.7:24 10:14, Mrk.8:38, Luk.9:4, Jhn.14:24, al; λ. κενοί, Eph.5:6; ἀληθινοί, Rev.19:9; πιστοί, Rev.22:6; esp. of the precepts, decrees and promises of God, ὁ λ. τ. θεοῦ, the word of God: Mrk.7:13, Jhn.10:35, Rom.13:9, 1Co.14:36, Php.1:14, al; absol, ὁ λ, Mat.13:21, 22 Mrk.16:[20], Luk.1:2, Act.6:4, Heb.4:12, al. 3) speech, discourse: Act.14:12, 2Co.10:10, Jas.3:2; opposite to ἐπιστολή, 2Th.2:15; disting, from σοφία, 1Co.2:1; ἀναστροφή, 1Ti.4:12; δύναμις, 1Co.4:19, 1Th.1:5; ἔργον, Rom.15:18; οὐδενὸς λ. τίμιον (not worthy of mention), Act.20:24; of the faculty of speech, Luk.24:19, 2Co.11:6; of the style of speech, Mat.5:37, 1Co.1:5; of instruction, Col.4:3, 1Pe.3:1; with genitive of person(s), Jhn.5:24 8:52, Act.2:41, al; ὁ λ. ὁ ἐμός, Jhn.8:31; with genitive obj. (τ.) ἀληθείας, 2Co.6:7, Col.1:5, Jas.1:18; τ. καταλλαγῆς, 2Co.5:19; τ. σταυροῦ, 1Co.1:18; of mere talk, 1Co.4:19, 2o, Col.2:23, 1Jn.3:18; of the talk which one occasions, hence, repute: Col.2:23. 4) subject-matter, hence, teaching, doctrine: Act.18:15, 2Ti.2:17, al; esp. of Christian doctrine: Mat.13:20-23, Mrk.4:14-20 8:32, Luk.1:2, Act.8:4, Gal.6:6, 1Th.1:6, al; with genitive of person(s), τ. θεοῦ, Luk.5:1, Jhn.17:6, Act.4:29, 1Co.14:36, I Jhn.1:10, Rev.6:9, al; τ. Κυρίου, Act.8:25, 1Th.1:8, al; τ. Χριστοῦ, Col.3:16, Rev.3:8; with genitive appos, Act.15:7; with genitive attrib, Heb.5:13. 5) a story, tale, narrative: Mat.28:15, Jhn.21:23, Act.1:1 11:22; before περί, Luk.5:15. 6) That which is spoken of (Plat, al; V. Kennedy, Sources, 124), matter, affair, thing: Mat.21:24, Mrk.1:45 11:29, Luk.20:3, Act.8:21; of a matter in dispute, as a case or suit at law, Act.19:38; pl. (1Ma.7:33, al.), Luk.1:4. II. Of the inward thought itself, Lat. ratio. 1) reason, (a) of the mental faculty (Hdt, Plat, al.): κατὰ λόγον, Act.18:14; (b) a reason, cause: τίνι λόγῳ, Act.10:29; παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, Mat.5:32 19:9, WH, mg, R, mg. 2) account, (a) regard: Act.20:24, Rec; (b) reckoning: Php.4:15, 17; συναίρειν (which see) λ, Mat.18:23 25:19; in forensic sense, Rom.14:12, Heb.13:17, 1Pe.4:5; with genitive of thing(s), Luk.16:2; before περί, Mat.12:36, Act.19:40, 1Pe.3:15. 3) proportion, analogy: Php.2:16 (Field, Notes, 193 f.). III. ὁ λ, the Divine Word or Logos: Jhn.1:1, 14; τ. ζωῆς, 1Jn.1:1; τ. θεοῦ, Rev.19:13 (see Westc, Swete, CGT, in ll; reff. in Artt, Logos, DB, DCG). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
λόγος
Transliteration:
logos
Gloss:
word
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
λόγος, ὁ, verbal noun of λέγω (B), with senses corresponding to λέγω (B) II and III (on the various senses of the word see [Refs 2nd c.AD+] 111, compareinfr. VI. 1 a: I) computation, reckoning (compare λέγω (B) II). I.1) account of money handled, σανίδες εἰς ἃς τὸν λ. ἀναγράφομεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; συνᾶραι λόγον μετά τινος settle accounts with, [NT]; δεύτεροι λ. a second audit, [Refs 4th c.AD+]; ὁ τραπεζιτικὸς λ. banking account, Theo Sm.p.73 H: metaphorically, οὐκ ἂν πριαίμην οὐδενὸς λ. βροτόν [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.1.b) public accounts, i. e. branch of treasury, ἴδιος λ, in Egypt, [Refs]; also as title of treasurer, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; δημόσιος λ, = Latin fiscus, [Refs 1st c.AD+], etc. (but later, = aerarium, [Refs 4th c.AD+] I.2) generally, account, reckoning, μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λ. excels the whole account, i.e. is best of all, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δόντας λ. τῶν ἐποίησαν accounting for, i.e. paying the penalty for their doings, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. ὑπέχειν, δοῦναι, [NT+4th c.BC+]; λ. ἡ ἐπιστήμη, πολλὰ δὲ ὁ λ. the account is manifold, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; ἔχων λόγον τοῦ διὰ τί an account of the cause, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐς λ. τινός on account of, ἐς χρημάτων λ. [LXX+5th c.BC+]; λόγῳ with genitive, by way of, [Refs]; κατὰ λόγον τοῦ μεγέθους if we take into account his size, [NT+4th c.BC+] I.3) measure, tale [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἐς τούτου (i.e. γήραος) λ. οὐ πολλοί τινες ἀπικνέονται to the point of old age, [Refs 5th c.BC+].; ὁ ξύμπας λ. the full tale, [NT+5th c.BC+]; κοινῷ λ. νομίσαντα common measure, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; sum, total of expenditure, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ τῆς οὐσίας λ, = Latin patrimonii modus, [Refs 4th c.AD+] I.4) esteem, consideration, value put on a person or thing (compare infr. VI. 2 d), οὗ πλείων λ. ἢ τῶν ἄλλων who is of more worth than all the rest, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; βροτῶν λ. οὐκ ἔσχεν οὐδέν᾽ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι πρός τινος to be of no account, repute with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λόγου ποιήσασθαί τινα make one of account, [Refs]; ἐλαχίστου, πλείστου λ. εἶναι, to be highly, lowly esteemed, [Refs]; but also λόγον τινὸς ποιεῖσθαι, like Latin rationem habere alicujus, make account of, set a value on, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (but also, have the reputation of, see below[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ἀπώλοντο without regard, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑμεῖς οὔτ᾽ ἐν λ. οὔτ᾽ ἐν ἀριθμῷ Oracle texts cited in [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἐν ἀνδρῶν λ. [εἶναι] to be reckoned, count as a man, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἰδιώτεω λόγῳ καὶ ἀτίμου reckoned as, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II) relation, correspondence, proportion, II.1) generally, ὑπερτερίης λ. relation (of gold to lead), [Refs 6th c.BC+]; κατὰ λόγον προβαίνοντες τιμῶσι in inverse ratio, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τἄλλα κατὰ λ. in like fashion, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare εὔλογος: sometimes with ὁ αὐτός added, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. τῷ τείχεϊ in fashion like to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; περὶ τῶν νόσων ὁ αὐτὸς λ. analogously, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. similarly, [Refs]; κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. in the same ratio, [Refs]; by parity of reasoning, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνὰ λόγον τινός, τινί, [Refs]; τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λ. πρὸς. ὃν ἡ παιδεία πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν is related to. as, [Refs 5th c.AD+] II.2) in Mathematics texts, ratio, proportion (ὁ κατ᾽ ἀνάλογον λ, λ. τῆς ἀναλογίας,[Refs 4th c.BC+]; λόγοι ἀριθμῶν numerical ratios, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοὺς φθόγγους ἀναγκαῖον ἐν ἀριθμοῦ λ. λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους to be expressed in numerical ratios, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]Sect.Can. Proëm.: in Metre, ratio between arsis and thesis, by which the rhythm is defined, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀνὰ λόγον analogically, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀνὰ λ. μερισθεῖσα [ἡ ψυχή] proportionally, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς λόγον in proportion, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] narrows uniformly, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II.3) Grammars, analogy, rule, τῷ λ. τῶν μετοχικῶν, τῆς συγκοπῆς, by the rule of the participles, of syncopated ope, [Refs 4th c.AD+] III) explanation, III.1) plea, pretext, ground, ἐκ τίνος λ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατὰ τίνα λ; on what ground? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδὲ πρὸς ἕνα λ. to no purpose, [Refs]; ἐπὶ τίνι λ; for what reason? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν λ. τοῦτον this ground of complaint, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τίνι δικαίῳ λ; what just cause is there? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίνι λ; on what account? [NT]; κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν reason would that, [Refs]; λ. ἔχειν, with personal subject, εἶχον ἄν τινα λ. I (i.e. my conduct) would have admitted of an explanation, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ὀρθὸν λ. the true explanation, [Refs] III.1.b) plea, case, in Law or argument (cf. VIII. I), τὸν ἥττω λ. κρείττω ποιεῖν to make the weaker case prevail, [LXX+5th c.BC+]; ἐχειν λ. πρός τινα to have a case, ground of action against, [NT] III.2) statement of a theory, argument, οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λ. ἀκούσαντας probably in [Refs 1st c.AD+]; λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης discourse and reflection on reality, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; δηλοῖ οὗτος ὁ λ. ὅτι. [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; οὐκ ἔχει λόγον it is not arguable, i.e. reasonable, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; personified, φησὶ οὗτος ὁ λ.[Refs]; ὡς ὁ λ. (i.e. λέγει) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λόγου τυγχάνειν to be explained, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; ὁ τὸν λ. μου ἀκούων my teaching, [NT]; ὁ προφητικὸς λ, collective, of [NT+5th c.BC+]; of arguments leading to a conclusion (ὁ λ.), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; συλλογισμός ἐστι λ. ἐν ᾧ τεθέντων τινῶν κτλ. [Refs]; λ. ἀντίτυπός τε καὶ ἄπορος, of a self-contradictory theory, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] III.2.b) ὁ περὶ θεῶν λ, title of a discourse by Protagoras, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς λ, name of an argument,[Refs 1st c.AD+]; καταβάλλοντες (i.e. λόγοι), title of work by Protagoras, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λ, current outside the Lyceum, [Refs]; Δισσοὶ λ, title of a philosophical treatise (= [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Λ. καὶ Λογίνα, name of play of Epicharmus, quibble, argument, personified, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] III.2.c) in Logic, proposition, whether as premiss or conclusion, πρότασίς ἐστι λ. καταφατικὸς ἢ ἀποφατικός τινος κατά τινος [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.2.d) rule, principle, law, as embodying the result of λογισμός, [Refs 5th c.BC+], compare c; ἡδονὰς τοῖς ὀρθοῖς λ. ἑπομένας obeying right principles, [Refs]; προαιρέσεως [ἀρχὴ] ὄρεξις καὶ λ. ὁ ἕνεκά τινος principle directed to an end, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; of the final cause, ἀρχὴ ὁ λ. ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τέχνην καὶ ἐν τοῖς φύσει συνεστηκόσιν [Refs]; ἀποδιδόασι τοὺς λ. καὶ τὰς αἰτίας οὗ ποιοῦσι ἑκάστου[Refs]; ὀρθὸς λ. true principle, right rule, [Refs]; κατὰ λόγον by rule, consistently, ὁ κατὰ λ. ζῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ κατὰ λ. ζῆν, opposed to κατὰ πάθος, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κατὰ λ. προχωρεῖν according to plan, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] III.3) law, rule of conduct, ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ὁμιλοῦσι λόγῳ [Refs 1st c.AD+]; δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τὸν λ. τὸν καθόλου τοῖς ἄρχουσιν universal principle, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ νόμος. ἔμψυχος ὢν ἑαυτῷ λ. conscience, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; τὸν λ. πρόχειρον ἔχειν precept, [Refs 1st c.BC+] III.4) thesis, hypothesis, provisional ground, ὡς ἂν εἰ λέγοι λόγον maintain a thesis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λ. provisionally assuming a proposition, [Refs]; τὸν τῆς ὁμοιότητος λ. hypothesis of equivalence, [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.5) reason, ground, πάντων γινομένων κατὰ τὸν λ. τόνδε [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἐκ λόγου, opposed to μάτην, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [ἐμπειρία] οὐκ ἔχει λ. οὐδένα ὧν προσφέρει has no grounds for, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης θείας [Refs]; ἡ μετα λόγου ἀληθὴς δόξα (ἐπιστήμη) [Refs]; λόγον ζητοῦσιν ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λ. proof, [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.6) formula (wider than definition, but frequently equivalent thereto), term expressing reason, λ. τῆς πολιτείας [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ψυχῆς οὐσία τε καὶ λ. essential definition, [Refs]; τὸν λ. τῆς οὐσίας[Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ τῶν σχημάτων λ. κοινός generic definition, [Refs]; ἀκριβέστατος λ. specific definition, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; τὸ ᾠὸν οὔτε ἀρχῆς ἔχει λ. fulfils the function of, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; λ. τῆς μίξεως formula, i. e. ratio (compare supr. II) of combination, [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.7) reason, law exhibited in the world-process, κατὰ λόγον by law, κόσμῳ πάντα καὶ κατὰ λ. ἔχοντα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατ τὸν [αὐτὸν αὖ] λ. by the same law, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially in Stoic Philos, the divine order, τὸν τοῦ παντὸς λ. ὃν ἔνιοι εἱμαρμένην καλοῦσιν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λόγος, ={φύσει νόμος}, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] III.7.b) σπερματικὸς λ. generative principle in organisms, ὁ θεὸς σπ. λ. τοῦ κόσμου [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.7.c) in Neo-Platonic Philos, of regulative and formative forces, derived from the intelligible and operative in the sensible universe, ὄντων μειζόνων λ. καὶ θεωρούντων αὑτοὺς ἐγὼ γεγέννημαι [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; opposed to ὅρος, [Refs 5th c.AD+]in R.1.18 K; τεχνικοὶ λ. [Refs] IV) inward debate of the soul [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ὁ ἔσω λ. (opposed to ὁ ἔξω λ.), [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ἐνδιάθετος, opposed to ὁ προφορικὸς λ, [Refs 1st c.AD+] IV.1) thinking, reasoning, τοῦ λ. ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, opposed to ἰδία φρόνησις, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; κρῖναι δὲ λόγῳ. ἔλεγχον test by reflection, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; reflection, deliberation[Refs 5th c.BC+]; μὴ εἰδέναι. μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ neither by reasoning nor by experience, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτῷ μόνον τῷ λ. πιστεύειν (opposed to αἰσθήσεις), of Parmenides and his school, [Refs 4th c.AD+] in idea, in thought, τῷ λ. τέμνειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ λ. δύο ἐστίν, ἀχώριστα πεφυκότα two in idea, though indistinguishable in fact, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λόγῳ θεωρητά mentally conceived, opposed to sensibly perceived, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; διὰ λόγου θ. χ.[Refs 1st c.BC+]; ὁ λ. οὕτω αἱρέει analogy proves, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ λ. or λ. αἱρέει reasoning convinces, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (but, our argument shows, [Refs] as the whim took him, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἢν μὴ ἡμέας λ. αἱρῇ unless we see fit, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later ὁ αἱρῶν λ. ordaining reason, [Refs 4th c.BC+] since reason and understanding are in abeyance, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης, opposed to αἰτία αὐτομάτη, of Nature's processes of production, [Refs]; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτόν embraced by thought with reflection, opposed to μετ᾽ αἰσθήσεως ἀλόγου, [Refs]; λ. ἔχων ἑπόμενον τῷ νοεῖν [Refs]; ἐπιστήμη ἐνοῦσα καὶ ὀρθὸς λ. scientific knowledge and right process of thought, [Refs 5th c.BC+] as theory, abstract reasoning with outward experience, sometimes with depreciatory emphasis on the former, εἰς τοὺς λ. καταφυγόντα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἐν λόγοις σκοπούμενον τὰ ὄντα, opposed to τὸν ἐν ἔργοις (realities),[Refs 4th c.BC+]; γνωριμώτερα κατὰ τὸν λ, opposed to κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, [Refs]; ἐκ τῶν λ. δῆλον, opposed to ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς, [Refs]; ἡ τῶν λ. πίστις, opposed to ἐκ τῶν ἔργων φανερόν, [Refs]; ὁ μὲν λ. τοῦ καθόλου, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τοῦ κατὰ μέρος explanation, opposed to perception, [Refs]; ἔσονται τοῖς λ. αἱ πράξεις ἀκόλουθοι theory, opposed to practice, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; in Logic, of discursive reasoning, opposed to intuition, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; reasoning in general, [Refs]; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἀπόδειξις all reasoning and demonstration, [Refs 1st c.BC+], of mystical vision, opposed to reasoning, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] —Phrases, κατὰ λ. τὸν εἰκότα by probable reasoning, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρὰ λόγον, opposed to κατὰ λ, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; compare παράλογος (but παρὰ λ. unexpectedly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.2) reason as a faculty, ὁ λ. ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ [[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸν λ. πεφυκός, ὃ μάχεται τῷ λ.[Refs 4th c.BC+]; opposed to φύσις, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; τὸ τὸν λ. σχεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετήν (i.e. εὐδαιμονίαν) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; also of the reason which pervades the universe, θεῖος λ. [[Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.2.b) creative reason, ἀδύνατον ἦν λόγον μὴ οὐκ ἐπὶ πάντα ἐλθεῖν [Refs 3rd c.AD+] V) continuous statement, narrative (whether fact or fiction), oration, etc. (compare λέγω (B) [Refs] V.1) fable, [Refs 5th c.BC+] V.2) legend, ἱρὸς λ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἱεροὶ λ, of Orphic rhapsodies, [Refs] V.3) tale, story, ἄλλον ἔπειμι λ. [Refs 6th c.BC+]; σπουδὴν λόγου urgent tidings, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄλλος λ. 'another story', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λ. ἐστίν the story is consistent, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: plural, histories, ἐν τοῖσι Ἀσσυρίοισι λ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in singular, a historical work, [Refs]: also in singular, one section of such a work (like later βίβλος), [Refs]; so in plural, ἐν τοῖσι Λιβυκοῖσι λ. [Refs]; ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν λ. [Refs]; ὁ πρῶτος λ, of St. Luke's gospel, [NT+5th c.BC+], as history to legend, [Refs] (argument) διεξελθεῖν [Refs 4th c.BC+] V.4) speech, delivered in court, assembly, etc, χρήσομαι τῇ τοῦ λ. τάξει ταύτῃ [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐπιτάφιος λ. funeral oration, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially of the body of a speech, opposed to ἐπίλογος, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; body of a law, opposed to proem, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; spoken, opposed to written word, τὸν τοῦ εἰδότος λ. ζῶντα καὶ ἔμψυχον οὗ ὁ γεγραμμένος εἴδωλόν τι [Refs]; ὁ ἐκ τοῦ βιβλίου ῥηθεὶς [λ.] speech read from a roll, [Refs]; published speech, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; rarely of the speeches in Tragedy (ῥήσεις), [Refs 4th c.BC+] VI) verbal expression or utterance (compare λέγω (B) [Refs]word, see below b, never in Grammars signification of vocable (ἔπος, λέξις, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), usually of a phrase, cf. I[Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.a) plural, without Article, talk, τὸν ἔτερπε λόγοις [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ψευδεῖς Λ, personified, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὄψον δὲ λ. φθονεροῖσιν tales, [Refs]; σμικροὶ λ. brief words, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δόκησις ἀγνὼς λόγων bred of talk, [Refs] speak if thou delightest in talking, [Refs] VI.b) singular, expression, phrase, πρὶν εἰπεῖν ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν λ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μακρὸς λ. rigmarole, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λ. ἠρέμα λεχθεὶς διέθηκε τὸ πόρρω a whispered message, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; ἑνὶ λόγῳ to sum up, in brief phrase, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; concisely, [Refs 4th c.BC+] (but also, ={ἁπλῶς, περὶ πάντων ἑνὶ λ}. [Refs] magic words, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarely of single words, λ. εὐσύνθετος οἷον τὸ χρονοτριβεῖν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λ. answered her not a word, [NT] VI.c) coupled or contrasted with words expressed or understood signifying act, fact, truth, etc, mostly in a depreciatory sense, λ. ἔργου σκιή [Refs 6th c.BC+]; λόγῳ, opposed to ἔργῳ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λόγοις, opposed to ψήφῳ, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; opposed to νόῳ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λόγοισι εἰς τὸ πιθανὸν περιπεπεμμένα[Refs 4th c.BC+]; opposed to πρᾶγμα, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; opposed to βία, [Refs]; opposed to ὄντα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to γνῶσις, [NT]; λόγῳ in pretence, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λόγου ἕνεκα merely as a matter of words, ἄλλως ἕνεκα λ. ἐλέγετο [Refs]; λόγου χάριν, opposed to ὡς ἀληθῶς, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but also, let us say, for instance, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; λόγου ἕνεκα let us suppose, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἕως λόγου, μέχρι λ, = Latin verbo tenus, [NT+5th c.BC+]; ὅσα μὲν λόγῳ εἶπον, opposed to τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.2) common talk, report, tradition, ὡς λ. ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἔην [Refs 7th c.BC+]; νέον [λ.] tidings, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ μὲν αὐτοὶ ὡρῶμεν, τὰ δὲ λόγοισι ἐπυνθανόμεθα by hearsay, [Refs 5th c.BC+] traditions, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.2.b) rumour, ἐπὶ παντὶ λ. ἐπτοῆσθαι [Refs 1st c.AD+]; αὐδάεις λ. voice of rumour, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; περὶ θεῶν διῆλθεν ὁ λ. ὅτι. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. παρεῖχεν ὡς. [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λ. οὗτος εῖς τινας ὅτι. [NT]; fiction, [NT] VI.2.c) mention, notice, description, οὐκ ὕει λόγου ἄξιον οὐδέν worth mentioning, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔργα λόγου μέζω beyond expression, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κρεῖσσον λόγου τὸ εἶδος τῆς νόσου beyond description, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.2.d) the talk one occasions, repute, mostly in good sense, good report, praise, honour [Refs 6th c.BC+]; Τροίαν. ἧς ἁπανταχοῦ λ. whose fame, story fills the world, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: less frequently in bad sense, evil report, λ. κακόθρους, κακός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] slanders, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.2.e) λ. ἐστί, ἔχει, κατέχει, the story goes, with accusative et infinitive, ἔστι τις λ. τὰν Ἀρετὰν ναίειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. μὲν ἔστ᾽ ἀρχαῖος ὡς. [Refs]; λ. alone, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσον ὁ λ. κατέχει tradition prevails, [Refs 5th c.BC+] has the credit of, [NT+5th c.BC+] VI.3) discussion, debate, deliberation, πολλὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῖς ἔξωθεν λ. πεπλήρωκε τὸν λ. [Plato] has filled his dialogue with extraneous discussions, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; μεταβαίνων ὁ λ. εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφῖκται our debate, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; θεῶν ὧν νῦν ὁ λ. ἐστί discussion, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ λ. διελθεῖν, διϊέναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν λ. διεξελθεῖν conduct the debate, [Refs]; ξυνελθεῖν ἐς λόγον confer, [Refs 5th c.BC+] parley, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς λ. ἐλθεῖν τινι have speech with,[Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.3.b) right of discussion or speech, ἢ 'πὶ τῷ πλήθει λ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. αἰτήσασθαι ask leave to speak, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐ προυτέθη σφίσιν λ. κατὰ τὸν νόμον[Refs 4th c.BC+]: hence, time allowed for a speech, ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ λ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.3.c) dialogue, as a form of philosophical debate, ἵνα μὴ μαχώμεθα ἐν τοῖς λ. ἐγώ τε καὶ σύ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: hence, dialogue as a form of literature, οἱ Σωκρατικοὶ λ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; compare διάλογος. VI.3.d) section, division of a dialogue or treatise (compare see[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ πρόσθεν, ὁ παρελθὼν λ, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς περὶ κινήσεως λ. in the discussion of motion (i. e. [Refs 1st c.BC+]; branch, department, division of a system of philosophy, τὴν φρόνησιν ἐκ τριῶν συνεστηκέναι λ, τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν καὶ τῶν λογικῶν [Refs 3rd c.BC+] VI.3.e) in plural, literature, letters, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (but, also in plural, treatises, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; Λόγοι, personified, [Refs 6th c.AD+] VII) a particular utterance, saying: VII.1) divine utterance, oracle, [NT+5th c.BC+] VII.2) proverb, maxim, saying, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τόνδ᾽ ἐκαίνισεν λ. ὡς. [NT+5th c.BC+] VII.3) assertion, opposed to oath, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ψιλῷ λ. bare word, opposed to μαρτυρία, [Refs 4th c.BC+] VII.4) express resolution, κοινῷ λ. by common consent, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ λ. τοιῷδε, ἐπ᾽ ᾧ τε. on the following terms, [Refs]; λ. ἔχοντες πλεονέκτην a greedy proposal, [Refs]: frequently in plural, terms, conditions, [Refs] VII.5) word of command, behest, [NT+5th c.BC+]; οἱ δέκα λ. the ten [LXX+1st c.AD+] VIII) thing spoken of, subject-matter (compare [Refs 6th c.BC+]; προπεπυσμένος πάντα λ. the whole matter, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἐόντα λ. the truth of the matter, [Refs]; μετασχεῖν τοῦ λ. to be in the secret,[Refs]; τίς ἦν λ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; περί τινος λ. διελεγόμεθα subject, question, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [τὸ προοίμιον] δεῖγμα τοῦ λ. case, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τέλος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λ. ψηφίζονται the end of the matter was that, [NT+5th c.BC+]; οὐχ ὑπολείπει [Γοργίαν] ὁ λ. matter for talk, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς λόγον to the point, apposite, οὐδὲν πρὸς λ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] VIII.2) plot of a narrative or dramatic poem, ={μῦθος}, [Refs 4th c.BC+] VIII.2.b) in Art, subject of a painting, ζωγραφίας λόγοι [Refs 2nd c.AD+] VIII.3) thing talked of, event, μετὰ τοὺς λ. τούτους [LXX+NT] IX) expression, utterance, speech regarded formally, τὸ ἀπὸ [ψυχῆς] ῥεῦμα διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἰὸν μετὰ φθόγγου λ, opposed to διάνοια, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; intelligent utterance, opposed to φωνή, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὅθεν (from the heart) ὁ λ. ἀναπέμπεται [Refs], compare 244; Protagoras was nicknamed λόγος, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in plural, eloquence, [Refs 5th c.BC+] see d. M; λ. ἀκριβής precise language, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡδυσμένος λ, of rhythmical language set to music, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐν παντὶ λ. in all manner of utterance, [NT]; ἐν λόγοις in orations, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λ. γελοῖοι, ἀσχήμονες, ludicrous, improper speech, [Refs] IX.2) of various modes of expression, especially artistic and literary, ἔν τε ᾠδαῖς καὶ μύθοις καὶ λόγοις [Refs 5th c.BC+]; prose, opposed to ποίησις, [Refs]; opposed to ψιλομετρία, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῷ λ. τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων (i.e. τὸ ἰαμβεῖον) ὁμοιότατον εἶναι [Refs]; in full, ψιλοὶ λ. prose, [Refs]arguments without diagrams, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. πεζοί, opposed to ποιητική, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; opposed to ποιήματα,[Refs 1st c.BC+] IX.2.b) of the constituents of lyric or dramatic poetry, words, τὸ μέλος ἐκ τριῶν. λόγου τε καὶ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to πρᾶξις, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; dramatic dialogue, opposed to τὰ τοῦ χοροῦ, [Refs] IX.3) Grammars, phrase, complex term, opposed to ὄνομα, [Refs]; λ. ὀνοματώδης noun-phrase, [Refs]; expression, [Refs 4th c.BC+] IX.3.b) sentence, complete statement, ἄνθρωπος μανθάνει λόγον εἶναί φῃς. ἐλάχιστόν τε καὶ πρῶτον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ῥηθῆναι λόγῳ to be expressed in a sentence, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λ. ἔχειν to be capable of being so expressed,[Refs 4th c.BC+] IX.3.c) language, τὰ τοῦ λ. μέρη parts of speech, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] (but ἓν μέρος [τοῦ codex] λόγου one word, [Refs]; περὶ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ λ, title of work by Chrysippus. X) the Word or Wisdom of God, personified as his agent in creation and world-government, ὁ παντοδύναμός σου λ. [LXX+1st c.AD+]; λ. θεοῦ δι᾽ οὗ κατεσκευάσθη [ὁ κόσμος] [Refs 1st c.AD+]; τὸν ἄγγελον ὅς ἐστι λ.[Refs] identified with the person of Christ, ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. [NT]
Strongs
Word:
λόγος
Transliteration:
lógos
Pronounciation:
log'-os
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
Definition:
something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ); account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work; from g3004 (λέγω)
of mine
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἐγώ
Greek:
μου
Transliteration:
mou
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
I/we
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun 1st Genitive Singular
Grammar:
a reference to a recently mentioned person or thing that is speaking or writing that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
my
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
μέ
Origin:
a Form of g1473
Transliteration:
me
Gloss:
me
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (1st person)
Definition:
1. apostrophe for με. 2. rarely for μοι, (Homer) (ML)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
μέ
Origin:
a Form of g1473
Transliteration:
me
Gloss:
me
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (1st person)
Definition:
ἐγώ, I: pronoun of the first person:—Epic dialect mostly ἐγών before vowels (so in Doric dialect, before consonants, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἱών [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:— strengthened ἔγωγε, I at least, for my part, indeed, for myself (more frequently in Attic dialect than in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: Doric dialect ἐγώνγα [Refs 7th c.BC+]: Boeotian dialect ἱώνγα [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἱώνει [Refs]; ἰώγα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: Laconian dialect and Tarentum dialect ἐγώνη, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) oblique cases from a different root, genitive ἐμοῦ, enclitic μο; Ionic dialect and Epic dialect ἐμέο, ἐμεῦ, μευ, also ἐμέθεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἔμεθεν [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἐμέος, ἐμεῦς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἐμοῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+] — _dative_ ἐμοί, enclitic μοι (which may be compared with Sanskrit genitive me in κλῦθί μοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἐμίν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Tarentum dialect ἐμίνη [Refs 3rd c.BC+], enclitic μ; [Refs 5th c.AD+] III) dual, nominative and accusative, νῶι, we two, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; accusative νῶιν Zenod.ad [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Attic dialect νώ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νῶι dative, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; νῶιν, ={ἡμῖν}, [Refs 4th c.AD+] IV) plural, nominative ἡμεῖς (ἡμέες falsa lectio in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἁμές [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἡμέων [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἀμμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ἄμμων [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Doric dialect ἁμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ἁμῶν [[Refs 5th c.BC+]; Cretan dialect, Boeotian dialect ἁμίων [Refs 5th c.BC+] (ῐ) (or ἧμιν Aristarch.ad [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also rarely in Comedy texts, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμῐν, ἄμμῐ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect also ἁμίν or ἇμιν, [Refs 7th c.BC+]; with ῑ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἡμέας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἥμεας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμε [Refs 8th c.BC+], Theocr.8.25; Doric dialect ἁμέ [Refs 6th c.BC+]—On these dialectic varieties, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] ff. (Cf. Sanskrit ahám (ἐγών), accusative plural asmā´n; for νώ cf. Sanskrit nau):—frequently in answers, as an affirmative, especially in form ἔγωγε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὗτος ἐ. here am [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarely with Article, τὸν ἐμέ myself, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the Self, the Ego, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; τίς ὢν οὗτος ὁ ἐγὼ τυγχάν; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί τοῦτ᾽ ἐμο; ἡμῖν τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔστ; Latin quid mea hoc refert? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐγ; in a question, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡμεῖς the self, ἔνθα δὴ ἡμεῖς μάλιστα [Refs 3rd c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
μέ
Transliteration:
mé
Pronounciation:
meh
Language:
Greek
Definition:
me; I, me, my; a shorter (and probably original) form of g1691 (ἐμέ)
which
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὅστις
Greek:
οἵτινες
Transliteration:
oitines
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
who/which
Morphhology:
Relative pronoun Nominative Plural Masculine
Grammar:
a REFERENCE BACK to male people or things that are doing something
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὅστις
Transliteration:
hostis, hētis
Gloss:
who/which
Morphhology:
Greek Relative Pronoun
Definition:
ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅ τι (also written ὅ, τι and ὅτι; see LS, see word; WH, §411; Tdf, Pr., 111), in NT scarcely ever except in nom. (M, Pr., 91), the only instance of the oblique cases being found in ἕως ὅτου (see: ἕως), relative of indef. reference (related to simple ὅς as Lat. quisquis to qui), whoever, anyone who; (a) of an indef. person or thing: in general statements, Mat.5:39, 41 13:12, and freq, Luk.14:27, Gal.5:4, al; in relative sentences, Mat.7:26, Luk.15:7, Php.3:7, al; πᾶς, with indic, Mat.7:24 10:32; ὅ ἄν (ἐάν), with subjc, Mat.12:50 13:12, Jhn.14:13, 1Co.16:2, Gal.5:10, al; (b) of a definite person or thing, indicating quality, "either generic, which, as other like things, or essential, which by its very nature" (Hort on 1Pe.2:11), who is such as: Mat.2:6 7:26, Luk.2:10 7:37, Jhn.8:53, Act.7:53, Rom.6:2, 1Co.3:17, Gal.4:24, Eph.1:23, al; (with) where the relative sentence expresses a reason, consequence, etc. (M, Pr., 92), seeing that he (it, they), and he (it, they): Luk.8:3 10:42, Act.10:47 11:28, Php.4:3, al; (d) as in Ionic and late Greek (Bl, §50, 1; M, Pr., l.with), differing but little from ὅς: Luk.2:4 9:30, Act.17:10, Rev.12:13. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὅστις
Transliteration:
hostis, hētis
Gloss:
who/which
Morphhology:
Greek Relative Pronoun
Definition:
ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅ τι (sometimes written ὅ, τι to distinct it from ὅτι, that): [Refs 8th c.BC+] has also the masculine collateral form ὅτις [Refs 8th c.BC+] and Ionic dialect and [Refs 4th c.AD+] and the neuter ὅττι [Refs 8th c.BC+]—In some forms only the second part is inflected, i.e. genitive ὅτου [Refs 5th c.BC+], Epic dialect ὅττεο [Refs 8th c.BC+][same place], contraction ὅττευ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; perhaps also in Ionic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Epic dialect ὅτεῳ [Refs 8th c.BC+], and as disyllable, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect accusative ὅτινα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Delph. dative ὅτινι [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; neuter ὅτινα [Refs 8th c.BC+], Attic dialect ὅτων [Refs 8th c.BC+], Attic dialect ὅτοισι [Refs 8th c.BC+], Aeolic dialect ὄττινας [Refs 7th c.BC+]: of the forms with double inflexion [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ᾧτινι first in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ᾡτινιοῦν occurs in [Refs 5th c.BC+] rarely as feminine, [Refs 5th c.BC+]—For the Ionic dialect and Epic dialect form ἅσσα, Attic dialect ἅττα, see at {ἅσσα}.—On the concord and construction[Refs 5th c.BC+], 111.2a,b:—Radic. sense, any one who, anything which, whosoever, whichsoever; ὣς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος, ὅτις τοιαῦτά γε ῥέζοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]: frequently without express antecedent, χαίρει δέ μιν ὅς τις ἐθείρῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]: hence frequently in maxims or sentiments, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. πάντ᾽ ἀνὴρ εὐδαιμονεῖ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὗτος βέλτιστος ἂν εἴη, ὅ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔστιν ὅ, frequently with a negative, οὐ γὰρ ἔην ὅς τίς σφιν. ἡγήσαιτο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰσὶν οἵτινες [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδὲν ὅ τι οὐ. everything, [Refs 5th c.BC+], but only in singular, ἅπας δὲ τραχὺς ὅ. ἂν νέον κρατῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but πᾶσιν. ὅστις ἐρωτᾷ [Refs] II) referring to a definite object, properly only when a general notion is implied, Πολυκράτεα, δι᾽ ὅντινα κακῶς ἤκουσε, not the man through whom, but one through whom, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τελευταῖόν σε προσβλέψαιμι νῦν, ὅστις πέφασμαι φύς τ᾽ ἀφ᾽ ὧν οὐ χρῆν may I see thee now for the last time, I who am one born from sinful parentage, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but in quite definite sense, βωμόν, ὅστις νῦν ἔξω τῆς πόλεώς ἐστι [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) ἐφ᾽ ὅτῳ, ={ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε}, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] III) in indirect questions, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔσπετε νῦν μοι, Μοῦσαι, ὅς τις δὴ κτλ. who it was that,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀλλὰ τίς γὰρ ε;—ὅστις; πολίτης χρηστός [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.2) rare and late in direct questions, ὅ τι ἐστὶ τὸ ἐμποδίζον ; [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ἀνθ᾽ ὅτου. ; = why? [Refs 4th c.AD+]-C; compare ὅπως. IV) limited or made more indefinite by the addition of Particles: IV.1) ὅστις γε being one who (compare ὅσγε), [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.2) ὅστις δή (see. δή IV. [Refs]to some one or other of the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so IV.2.b) ὁστισοῦν, ὁτιοῦν anybody (anything) whatsoever, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἷς ὁστισοῦν any one person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδ᾽ ὁτιοῦν not the least mite, nothing whatsoever, [Refs 6th c.BC+]: rarely, = whoever (whatever), as subject of a verb, ὁτιοῦν ἔτυχε τῶν ἐπὶ μέρους (variant{ὅτι ἄν}) [Refs 4th c.BC+] IV.2.c) ὁστισδηποτοῦν [Refs 4th c.BC+] IV.2.d) so also ὅστις alone, [Refs 5th c.BC+] none at all, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.3) ὅστις ποτε whoever, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.4) ὅστις περ (compare ὅσπερ), mostly in neuter, ὅ τι πέρ ἐστ᾽ ὄφελος [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.5) ὅστις τε, where τε is otiose as in ὅστε, [Refs 8th c.BC+] V) neuter ὅ τι used absolutely as a conjunction, see at {ὅ τι}. VI) ἐξ ὅτου from which time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀπ᾽ ὅτευ since, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so ἕως ὅτου until, [NT] VI.2) from what cause, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ὅστις
Transliteration:
hóstis
Pronounciation:
hot'-ee
Language:
Greek
will be fulfilled
Strongs:
Lexicon:
πληρόω
Greek:
πληρωθήσονται
Transliteration:
plērōthēsontai
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to fulfill
Morphhology:
Verb Future Passive Indicative 3rd Plural
Grammar:
an ACTION that will to be done to people or things being discussed
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
πληρόω
Transliteration:
plēroō
Gloss:
to fulfill
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
πληρόω, -ῶ [in LXX chiefly for מָלֵא;] 1) to fill, make full, fill to the full, with accusative; (a) of things : pass. (σαψήνη, φάραγξ), Mat.13:48, Luk.3:5 " (LXX); figuratively, Mat.23:32; but chiefly of immaterial things: πᾶσαν χρείαν, Php.4:19; ἦχος ἐλήρωσε τ. οἶκον, Act.2:2; with genitive of thing(s) (cl.), Act.5:28; pass, before ἐκ, Jhn.12:3 (cf. B1, § 36, 4); π. τ. καρδίαν, Jhn.16:6, Act.5:3; metaphorically, of the all-pervading activity of Christ, Eph.4:10; mid, Eph.1:23; (b) of persons: to fill with, cause to abound in : with genitive of thing(s) (cl.), Act.2:28 (LXX), Rom.15:13; pass, to be filled with, abound in: Eph.3:19, Php.4:18; with genitive of thing(s) (cl.), Act.13:52, Rom.15:14, 2Ti.1:4; with dative (Æsch, al.), Luk.2:40 (with genitive, T), Rom.1:29, 2Co.7:4; with accusative (so in π, see MM, xx), Php.1:11, Col.1:9; before ἐν, Eph.5:18, Col.2:10. 2) to complete; (a) to complete, fulfil: of number, Rev.6:11, WH, tat; of time (MM, xx), Mrk.1:15, Luk.21:24, Jhn.7:8, Act.7:23, 30 9:23 24:27; ἐυδοκίαν, 2Th.1:11; τ. χαράν, Php.2:2; pass, Jhn.3:29 15:11 16:24 17:13, 1Jn.1:4, 2Jn.12; τ. ἔργα, Rev.3:2; ἡ ὑπακυή, 2Co.10:6; τ. πάσχα, Luk.22:16; (b) to execute, accomplish, carry out to the full: Mat.3:15, Luk.7:1 9:31, Act.12:25 13:25 14:26 19:21, Rom.8:4 13:8 15:19, Gal.5:14, Col.1:25 4:17, Rev.6:11, T, WH, R, mg; (with) of sayings, prophecies, etc, to bring to pass, fulfil: Mat.1:22 2:15, 17 2:23 4:14 5:17 8:17 12:17 13:35 21:4 26:54, 56 27:9, Mrk.14:49 15:28 (WH, R, txt. om.), Luk.1:20 4:21 24:44, Jhn.12:38 13:18 15:25 17:12 18:9, 32 19:24, 36, Act.1:16 3:18 13:27, Jas.2:23 (cf. Lft, Col, 255 ff.). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
πληρόω
Transliteration:
plēroō
Gloss:
to fulfill
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
πληρ-όω, 3rd.pers. plural imperfect ἐπληροῦσαν cited by [Refs 5th c.BC+]: future -ώσω: perfect πεπλήρωκα, Aeolic dialect participle πεπληρώκων [Refs] —middle, future πληρώσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἐπληρωσάμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, future -ωθήσομαι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; future middle in passive sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—make full: I) with genitive of things, fill full of, λάρνακας λίθων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κρατῆρα, πίστρα (i.e. οἴνου), [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, to be filled full, τινος of a thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) fill full of food, gorge, satiate, βορᾶς ψυχὴν ἐπλήρουν [Refs 5th c.BC+] glut one's rage, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, to be filled full of, satisfied, δαιτὸς -ωθείς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φόβου, ἐλπίδος, etc, [LXX+5th c.BC+] I.3) π. τὴν χεῖρά τινος consecrate,[LXX] II) rarely with dative, fill with, πεύκαισιν. χέρας πληροῦντες [Refs 5th c.BC+] —passive, πνεύμασιν -ούμενοι filled with breath, [NT+4th c.BC+] III) without any modal case, π. νέας man ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πληροῦτε θωρακεῖα man the breastworks, [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—middle, τριήρη πληρωσάμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.2) impregnate, [τὰ θήλεα] [Refs 4th c.BC+] —passive [Refs] III.3) make full or complete, τοὺς δέκα μῆνας [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τοὺς χρόνους, τὸν ἐνιαυτόν, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc:—middle, τὰ πάντα ἐν πᾶσι π. [NT]:— passive, of the moon, to be full, [NT+5th c.BC+] let the figure be completed, [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.4) π. δικαστήρια fill them, [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—passive, δικαστήριον πεπληρωμένον ἐκ τούτων [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.5) render, pay in full, τροφεῖα πληρώσει χθονί [Refs]; π. τὴν χρείαν supply it, make it good, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with double accusative, ἵνα πληρώσῃς αὐτοὺς τὴν τιμήν [Refs 4th c.AD+], etc: absolutely, [Refs] III.6) fulfil, τὸ χρεών (destiny) [Refs 1st c.AD+]; τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν, τὰς ὑποσχέσεις, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; execute, perform, τὰ προσταχθέντα [Refs 3rd c.AD+]:—passive, λαμπαδηφόρων νόμοι. διαδοχαῖς πληρούμενοι fully observed, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; to be fulfilled, of prophecy, [NT] III.7) ἐς ἄγγος. βακχίου μέτρημα πληρώσαντες having poured wine into the vessel till it was full, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, assemble, muster, πληρουμένης τῆς ἐκκλησίας [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.8) fill up a document, [Refs 6th c.AD+] —passive [Refs] IV) intransitive, ἡ [ὁδὸς] πληροῖ ἐς τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦτον the length of road comes in full to this number, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
πληρόω
Transliteration:
plēróō
Pronounciation:
play-ro'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.; accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply; from g4134 (πλήρης)
in
Strongs:
Greek:
εἰς
Transliteration:
eis
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
toward
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
εἰς
Transliteration:
eis
Gloss:
toward
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
εἰς, prep. with accusative, expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, with accusative). I. Of place. 1) After verbs of motion; (a) of entrance into: Mat.8:23, 9:7, Mrk.1:45, Luk.2:15, 8:31, al; (b) of approach, to or towards: Mrk.11:1, Luk.6:8, 19:28, Jhn.11:31, 21:6, al; (with) before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mrk.4:7, 8:19, 20, Luk.11:49, Jhn.21:23, al; (d) Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mat.8:18, 21:1, Mrk.11:1, 13:16, Luk.14:10, Jhn.6:3, 11:32, al; with accusative of person(s) (as in Ep. and Ion.), Act.23:15, Rom.5:12, 16:19, 2Co.10:14; (e) elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Act.9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ, Rom.15:31; metaphorically, of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. 2) Of direction; (a) after verbs of seeing: Mat.6:26, Mrk.6:41, Luk.9:16, 62, Jhn.13:22, al; metaphorically, of the mind, Heb.11:26, 12:2, al; (b) after verbs of speaking: Mat.13:10, 14:9, 1Th.2:9, al. 3) After verbs of rest; (a) in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl; see WM, 516; Bl, §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mat.2:23, 4:13, 2Th.2:4, 2Ti.1:11, Heb.11:9, al; (b) by an assimilation general in late Gk (see Bl, M, Pr., ll. with) = ἐν: Luk.1:44, 4:23, Act.20:16, 21:17, Jhn.1:18 (but see Westc, in l.), al. II. Of time, for, unto; 1) accentuating the duration expressed by the accusative: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mat.21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ, Luk.1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, Heb.7:3, al. 2) Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mat.6:34, Act.4:3, 25:21, Php.1:10, 2:16, 1Th.4:15, 2Ti.1:12; of entrance into a future period, σεις τὸ μέλλον (see: μέλλω), next (year), Luk.13:9 (but with ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Act.13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (see: πάλιν, 2Co.13:2. III. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc: στρέφειν εἰς, Rev.11:6; μετας, Act.2:20, Jas.4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Rom.1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mat.27:51, al; predicatively with εἴναι, Act.8:23. IV. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl, but more frequently in late Gk, εἰς encroaching on the simple dative, which it has wholly displaced in MGr; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss, BS, 117f.): Luk.7:30, Rom.4:20, 15:2, 26, 1Co.16:1, Eph.3:16, al; ἀγάπη εἰς, Rom.5:8, al; χρηστός, Eph.4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Rom.12:16; θαρρεῖν, 2Co.10:1. V. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Luk.14:34; σόφος, Rom.16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mat.5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mrk.1:38, al; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Rom.1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Rom.8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Rom.3:25; εἰς τό, with inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl, §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mat.20:19, Rom.1:11, 1Co.9:18, al. VI. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (see: τέλος, πάλιν, etc.). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
εἰς
Transliteration:
eis
Gloss:
toward
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐν εἰς or ἐς, PREP. WITH ACC. ONLY:—both forms are found in [Refs 8th c.BC+], Ionic dialect poets, and early metrical Inscrr; ἐς is best attested in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and is found in nearly all early Ionic dialect Inscrr. (except [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and usually in Attic dialect Prose (except [Refs 5th c.BC+] is used before vowels for the sake of meter; ἐς was retained in the phrases ἐς κόρακας (whence the Verb σκορακίζω), ἐς μακαρίαν. Aeolic dialect poets have εἰς before vowels, ἐς before consonants, and this is given as the rule in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; compare ἐν, ἰν. The diphthong is genuine in Aeolic dialect εἰς, but spurious in Attic dialect-Ionic dialect) Radical sense into, and then more loosely, to: I) OF PLACE, the oldest and commonest usage, εἰς ἅλα into or to the sea, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; frequently of places, to, εἰς Εὔβοιαν [Refs]; ἐς Αἴγυπτον, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς Μίλητον into the territory of Miletus,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἅρματα βαίνειν to step into, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; opposed to ἐκ, in such phrases as ἐς σφυρὸν ἐκ πτέρνης, ἐς πόδας ἐκ κεφαλῆς, from heel to ankle-joint, from head to foot, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κἠς ἔτος ἐξ ἔτεος from year to year, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]: with Verbs implying motion or direction, as of looking, ἰδεῖν εἰς οὐρανόν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰς ὦπα ἰδέσθαι to look in the face, [Refs], etc; εἰς ὦπα ἔοικεν he is like in face (i.e. ἰδόντι), [Refs], etc; ἐς ὀφθαλμούς τινος ἐλθεῖν to come before another's eyes,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς ταὐτὸν ἥκειν come to the same point, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: less frequently after a substantive, ὁδὸς ἐς λαύρην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐς Παλλήνην τεῖχος facing Pallene, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.b) Epic dialect and Ionic dialect, also with accusative person (Attic dialect ὡς, πρός, παρά), [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in Attic dialect with collective Nouns, ἐς τὸν δῆμον παρελθόντες [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially of consulting an oracle, ἐς θεὸν ἐλθεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) with Verbs expressing restin a place, when a previous motion into or to it is implied, ἐς μέγαρον κατέθηκεν ἐπὶ θρόνου he put it in the house (i.e. he brought it into the house, and put it there), [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς θρόνους ἕζοντο they sat them down upon the seats, [Refs]; ἐφάνη λὶς εἰς ὁδόν the lion appeared in the path, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀπόβασιν ποιήσασθαι ἐς. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later used like{ἐν}, τὴν γῆν εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς κατοικεῖτε [LXX+1st c.BC+]: generally, τοὔνομα εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, φασίν, Ἱππομιγὴς δύναται [Refs 2nd c.AD+] I.3) with Verbs of saying or speaking, εἰς relates to the persons to or before whom one speaks, εἰπεῖν ἐς πάντας, ἐς πάντας αὔδα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with other Verbs, εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας σαυτὸν σοφιστὴν παρέχων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπαχθὴς ἦν ἐς τοὺς πολλούς [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4) elliptical usages, I.4.a) after Verbs which have no sense of motion to or into a place, τὴν πόλιν ἐξέλιπον εἰς χωρίον ὀχυρόν they quitted the city for a strong position, i.e. to seek a strong position, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γράμματα ἑάλωσαν εἰς Ἀθήνας letters were captured [and sent] to Athens, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4.b) participles signifying motion are frequently omitted with εἰς, τοῖς στρατηγοῖς τοῖς εἰς Σικελίαν (i.e. ἀποδειχθεῖσιν) [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4.c) with genitive, mostly of proper names, as εἰς Ἀΐδαο, Attic dialect εἰς Ἅιδου [δόμους], [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς Ἀθηναίης [ἱερόν] to the temple of Athena, [Refs]; εἰς Αἰγύπτοιο [ῥόον] [Refs 8th c.BC+] to a rich man's house, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πέμπειν εἰς διδασκάλων send to school, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς σεωυτοῦ, ἑωυτοῦ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) OF TIME, II.1) to denote a certain point or limit of time, up to, until, ἐς ἠῶ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς ἠέλιον καταδύντα till sunset, [Refs]towards or near sunset,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς ἐμέ up to my time, [Refs 5th c.BC+] against the time when, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰς πότ; until when? how long? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τ; ={εἰς πότε}; [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς ὅ until, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) to determine a period, εἰς ἐνιαυτόν for a year, i.e. a whole year, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; within the year,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς θέρος ἢ ἐς ὀπώρην for the summer, i.e. throughout it, [Refs]; ἡ εἰς ἐνιαυτὸν κειμένη δαπάνη εἰς τὸν μῆνα δαπανᾶται the expenditure for a year is expended in the month, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἑσπέραν ἥκειν to come at even, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς τρίτην ἡμέραν or εἰς τρίτην alone, on the third day, in two days, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τέλος at last, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς καιρόν in season, [Refs]; οὐκ ἐς ἀναβολάς, ἀμβολάς, with no delay, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τότε at this time, variant in [Refs 8th c.BC+] at that time (in the future), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς ὕστερον or τὸ ὕστερον, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (; ἐς αὐτίκα μάλ᾽ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἔπειτα (see. εἰσέπειτα (; ἐς τὸ ἔ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἅπαξ, see at {εἰσάπα; εἰς ἔτι}, see at {εἰσέτι}. III) to express MEASURE OR LIMIT, without reference to Time, ἐς δίσκουρα λέλειπτο was left behind as far as a quoit's throw, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς δραχμὴν διέδωκε paid them as much as a drachma, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so ἐς τὰ μάλιστα to the greatest degree, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς ὅ ἐμέμνηντο so far as they remembered, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.2) frequently with Numerals, ἐς τριακάδας δέκα ναῶν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ναῦς ἐς τὰς τετρακοσίας, διακοσίας, to the number of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἕνα, εἰς δύο, εἰς τέσσαρας, one, two, four deep, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but εἰς τέσσαρας four abreast, [Refs 4th c.BC+] thrice, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of round numbers, about, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.3) distributive, εἰς φυλάς by tribes, [LXX] III.4) IV) to express RELATION, towards, in regard to, ἐξαμαρτεῖν εἰς θεούς [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἁμάρτημα εἴς τινα, αἰτίαι ἐς ἀλλήλους, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λέγειν ἐς. [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.b) of the subject of a work, especially in titles, e.g. τὰ ἐς Ἀπολλώνιον [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; of the object of a dedication, as in titles of hymns, ἐπινίκια, etc. IV.2) in regard to, πρῶτος εἰς εὐψυχίαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in respect of, εὐτυχεῖν ἐς τέκνα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τὰ ἄλλα Th.I.I; εἰς ἄπαντα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τό γ᾽ εἰς ἑαυτόν, τὸ εἰς ἐμέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; for τελεῖν ἐς Ἕλληνας, Βοιωτούς, ἄνδρας, etc, see at {τελέω}. IV.3) of Manner, ἐς τὸν νῦν τρόπον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τὸ πᾶν, ={πάντως}, [Refs]; ἐς τάχος, ={ταχέως}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς εὐτέλειαν, ={εὐτελῶς}, [Refs 5th c.BC+] V) ofan end or limit, ἔρχεσθαι, τελευτᾶν, λήγειν ἐς, to end in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καταξαίνειν ἐς φοινικίδα to cut into red rags, [NT+5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἄνδρας ἐκ μειρακίων τελευτᾶν, εἰς ἄνδρα γενειᾶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] to form a predicate, ἔσται εἰς ἔθνη [LXX]; πιστὸς (i.e. ἦν) εἰς προφήτην [LXX+NT] V.2) of Purpose or Object, εἰπεῖν εἰς ἀγαθόν, πείσεται εἰς ἀγαθόν, for good, for his good, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς φόβον to cause fear, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰς κάλλος ζῆν to live for show, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς τὸ πρᾶγμα εἶναι to be pertinent, to the purpose, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; frequently of expenditure on an object, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) POSITION: εἰς is sometimes parted from its accusative by several words, εἰς ἀμφοτέρω Διομήδεος ἅρματα βήτην [Refs 8th c.BC+] put after its case, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: after an adverb, αὔριον ἔς· τῆμος δὲ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
εἰς
Transliteration:
eis
Pronounciation:
ice
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Preposition
Definition:
to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases; (abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with; a primary preposition
the
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τὸν
Transliteration:
ton
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Accusative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a SPECIFIC male person or thing that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
season
Strongs:
Lexicon:
καιρός
Greek:
καιρὸν
Transliteration:
kairon
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
time/right time
Morphhology:
Noun Accusative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a male PERSON OR THING that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
καιρός
Transliteration:
kairos
Gloss:
time/right time
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
καιρός, -οῦ, ὁ [in LXX chiefly for עֵת, also for מוֹעֵד, etc;] 1) due measure, fitness, proportion (Eur, Xen, al.). 2) Of Time (cl. also) in the sense of a fixed and definite period, time, season (Kennedy, Sources, 153): Mat.11:25, Mrk.1:15, Luk.21:8, Rom.13:11, Eph.6:18, Heb.11:15, 1Pe.1:5 1:11 Rev.1:3, al; with genitive, πειρασμοῦ Luk.8:13; τ. καρπῶν, Mat.21:34; σύκων, Mrk.11:13; pl, Mat.21:41; χρόνοι ἢ (καὶ) κ, Act.1:7, 1Th.5:1; ἐθνῶν, Luk.21:24; of opportune or seasonable time, Act.24:25, Gal.6:10, Eph.5:16, Col.4:5; with inf, Heb.11:15; ὁ κ. οὗτος, Mrk.10:30, Luk.18:30; ὁ νῦν κ. (Dalman, Words, 148), Rom.8:18; ὁ κ. ὁ ἐμός, Jhn.7:6; κ. δεκτῲ, 2Co.6:2 (LXX); δουλεύειν τῷ κ, Rom.12:11, R, mg; τ. σημεῖα τῶν κ, Mat.16:3; adverbial usages: ἐν κ, Mat.24:45, 1Pe.5:6 (cf. καιρῷ, Luk.20:10; τῷ κ, Mrk.12:2); ἄχρι καιροῦ, Luk.4:13; πρὸς καιρόν, Luk.8:13, 1Co.7:5; κατὰ καιρόν, Rom.5:6; πρὸ καιροῦ, Mat.8:29 SYN.: (χρόνος) time in the sense of duration (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
καιρός
Transliteration:
kairos
Gloss:
time/right time
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
καιρός, ὁ, due measure, proportion, fitness (not in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ ὁ κ. ἦν σαφής the distinction, the point, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ ἀπορία ἔχει τινὰ κ. has some point or importance, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; καιροῦ πέρα beyond measure, unduly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] codices; προσωτέρω or πορρωτέρω τοῦ κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὀξύτερα τοῦ κ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑπερβάλλων τῇ φιλοτιμίᾳ τὸν κ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) of Place, vital part of the body [Refs 5th c.BC+] III) more frequently of Time, exact or critical time, season, opportunity, Χρόνου κ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]: usually alone, κ. [ἐστιν] ἐν ᾧ Χρόνος οὐ πολὺς κτλ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] Notices etextr. des MSS. médicaux[Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. πρὸς ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει 'time and tide wait for no man', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ὄλβου, ={καίριος ὄλβος}, [Refs]; δηλοῦν, ὅ τι περ δύναται κ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίνα κ. τοῦ παρόντος βελτίω ζητεῖτ; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. δόσιος for giving, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τοῦ ποτισμοῦ, τῆς τρύγης, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; καιρὸν παριέναι to let the time go by, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καιροῦ (τοῦ κ.) τυχεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καιρῷ Χειμῶνος ξυλλαβέσθαι co-operate with the occurrence of a storm, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔχει κ. τι it happens in season, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ἔχειν τοῦ εὖ οἰκεῖν to be the chief cause of, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.b) adverbial phrases, ἐς καιρόν in season, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς αὐτὸν κ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς δέοντα κ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] in office at the time, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; παρὰ τῷ ἐντυχόντι αἰεὶ καὶ λόγου καὶ ἔργου κ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καιρόν, absolutely, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. γὰρ οὐδὲν ἦλθες [Refs]; opposed to ἀπὸ καιροῦ out of season, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸ καιροῦ prematurely, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ καιροῦ also means on the spur of the moment, ἐπὶ κ. λέγειν [Refs 1st c.AD+] III.2) season, πᾶσιν καιροῖς at all seasons of the year, [LXX+1st c.AD+]; κ. ἔτους, later Gr. for Attic dialect ὥρα ἔτους, accusative to [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; time of day, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] III.2.b) critical times, periodic states, καιροὶ σωμάτων [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.3) generally, time, period, κατὰ τὸν κ. τοῦτον [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὰ κατὰ καιρούς chronological sequence of events, [Refs]; ἐν τοῖς πάλαι, ἐντοῖς μεταξὺ κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.4) in plural, οἱ καιροί the times, i. e. the state of affairs, frequently in bad sense, ἐν τοῖς μεγίστοις κ. at the most critical times, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also in singular, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ ἔσχατος κ. extreme danger, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] IV) advantage, profit, τινος of or from a thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἴ τοι ἐς κ. ἔσται ταῦτα τελεόμενα to his advantage, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ σῷ κ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίνα κ. με διδάσκει; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί σοι καιρὸς. καταλείβει; what avails it? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίνος εἵνεκα καιρο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οὗ κ. εἴη where it was convenient or advantageous, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Χωρίον μετὰ μεγίστων κ. οἰκειοῦταί τε καὶ πολεμοῦται with the greatest odds, the most critical results, [Refs] V) [Refs 4th c.BC+] name for seven, [Refs]
Strongs
Word:
καιρός
Transliteration:
kairós
Pronounciation:
kahee-ros'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
Definition:
an occasion, i.e. set or proper time; X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while; of uncertain affinity
of them.
Strongs:
Lexicon:
αὐτός
Greek:
αὐτῶν.
Transliteration:
autōn
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
he/she/it/self
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun Genitive Plural Masculine
Grammar:
a reference to recently mentioned male people or things that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
their
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autos
Gloss:
it/s/he
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more frequently than in cl. (WM, 178f; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). 1) Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art, see infr, iii); (1) self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc, αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Luk.5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jhn.2:25; αὐ.ὑμεῖς, Jhn.3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Rom.15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jhn.2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Mrk.2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ, Mrk.6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mat.3:4, Mrk.6:17, Jhn.16:27, 1Th.3:11, al; in late Gk, sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Luk.10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, see word); (2) emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl, §48, 1, 2, 7), Mat.1:21, 12:50, Luk.6:35, al; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mat.8:24, Mrk.4:38, al; αὐ, καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (BL, §48, 1), Mat.14:2, Mrk.14:15, 44, Luk.1:22, 2:28, al. 2) In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd of person(s), he, she, it, Mat.7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al; with ptcp. in genitive absol, Mat.9:18, Mrk.13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl, §74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לוֹ; WM, 184ff; Bl, §50, 4; MM, see word), Mrk.7:25, Rev.3:8, 7:2, al; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mat.4:23, Act.8:5, 2Co.2:13, al; genitive αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Rom.11:11, 1Th.2:19, Tit.3:5, Heb.2:4. 3) ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ, the same: Heb.1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ, ποιεῖν, Mat.5:46, 47, al; φρονεῖν, Rom.12:16, 15:5, Php.2:2, al; τὰ αὐ, Act.15:27, Rom.2:1, al; κατὰ τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. (MM, see word), Act.14:1, Luk.6:23, al; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ, together (MM, see word), Mat.22:34, Act.1:15, al; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ, 1Co.11:5, 12:11; with dative (cl.), 1Co.11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mrk.14:39; μέτρος, Php.1:30; πνεῦμα, 1Co.12:4. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autos
Gloss:
it/s/he
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
αὐτός (Cretan dialect ἀϝτός [Refs] (also αὐτόν[Refs], reflexive pronoun, self:—in oblique cases used for the personal pronoun, him, her, it:—with Article, ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc, the very one, the same. I) self, myself, thyself, etc, accusative to the person of the Verb: frequently joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (see. below 10), I.1) one's true self, the soul, not the body, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; reversely, body, not soul, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; oneself, as opposed to others who are less prominent, as king to subject, [Refs]; man to wife and children, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; warrior to horses, [Refs 8th c.BC+], or to weapons, [Refs]; shepherd to herd, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; seamen to ships, [Refs]: generally, whole to parts,[Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, the Master, as in the [Refs 4th c.BC+] Latin Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀναβόησον Αὐτόν[Refs]the Master, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the result will show, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially αὐτὸ δείξει[Refs 5th c.BC+]; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even, οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ᾽ αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης[Refs 8th c.BC+] —In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the _Article_ and substantive, or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Article is sometimes omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals, αὐτὸς Μένων[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) of oneself, of one's own accord, ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτω[Refs 8th c.BC+]; also, in person, τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέον[Refs 4th c.BC+] I.3) by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ᾽, i.e. without a mother,[Refs 8th c.BC+]by himself, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, [Refs 5th c.BC+] himself alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς μόνος, see at {μόνος} II; αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτόν, see at {ἑαυτοῦ}. I.4) in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea, δίκαιον αὐτό[Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders, οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσεις[Refs 5th c.BC+]; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ ο; [Refs]; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; less frequently agreeing with the substantive, ἵνα αὐτὴ δικαιοσύνη πρὸς ἀδικίαν αὐτὴν κριθείη[Refs 5th c.BC+]its very self, [Refs] I.5) in dative with substantive, in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all,[Refs 8th c.BC+] men and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.6) added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, [NT+5th c.BC+] I.7) frequently coupled with οὗτος, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθέν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα. [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.8) καὶ αὐτός himself too, [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.9) repeated in apodosi for emphasis, αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσεν[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10) in connexion with the person. pronoun, ἐγὼν αὐτός[Refs 8th c.BC+]; followed by an enclitic pronoun, αὐτόν μιν[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.b) with person. pronoun omitted, αὐτός. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν,[Refs 8th c.BC+] is simply a strengthened form of ο; and so in Attic dialect, when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc, are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. pronoun,[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.c) with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc, to add force and definiteness, αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτοῦ[Refs 4th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ ὑφ᾽ αὑτῶν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; sometimes between the Article and reflexive pronoun, τοῖς αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πήμασιν βαρύνεται[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.d) αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν with possessive pronoun, πατρὸς κλέος ἠδ᾽ ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.e) αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ with comparative and superlative adjective, αὐτὸς ἑωυτοῦ ῥέει πολλῷ ὑποδεέστερος[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.11) αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in later Prose, αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις[NT+2nd c.AD+] I.12) comparative αὐτότερος[Refs 5th c.BC+]: superlative αὐτότατος his very self, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. adverb, comparative αὐτοτέρως[Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) he, she, it, for the simple pronoun of 3 person, only in oblique cases (except in later Gk, [NT], and rarely first in a sentence, [NT+5th c.BC+]: rare in Epic dialect, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and mostly emphatic,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Trag, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence, ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; after a Relative, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; especially where a second Verb requires a change of case in the pronoun, οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; later, pleonastically after a Relative, ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶν[NT+5th c.BC+] III) with Article ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and Attic dialect contraction αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre,[Refs 5th c.BC+] plural neuter ταὐτ; Ionic dialect ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with dative, to denote sameness or agreement, especially in Prose, τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομεν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one,[Refs 5th c.BC+]face to face, [Refs 4th c.AD+] III.2) in later Greek, the said, the above-named, Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ.[Refs 3rd c.BC+] IV) Adverbial phrases: IV.1) αὐτὸ μόνον simply, merely, [Refs 1st c.AD+] IV.2) αὐτό as adverb, ={ἄρτι}, [Refs] IV.3) αὐτὸ τοῦτο as adverb, [NT+2nd c.BC+] IV.4) with Preps, ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό added together, making a total, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; κατὰ τὸ αὐτό together, at the same time,[NT], etc; but κατ᾽ αὐτό just then, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] V) In Compos: V.1) of or by oneself, self-, as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος. V.2) hence, as a second self, very, bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς. V.3) in the abstract, the ideal, see above[Refs] V.4) precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα. V.5) rarely with reflexive sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω. V.6) in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος. V.7) by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc, see the respective Arts.
Strongs
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autós
Pronounciation:
ow-tos'
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative g1438 (ἑαυτοῦ)) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons; her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which; from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of g109 (ἀήρ) through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward)
